1 //===--- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -----------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
11 //  by the C type system.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/Analysis/Analyses/FormatString.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetBuiltins.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
32 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
41 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
42 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
43 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
44 
45 using namespace clang;
46 using namespace sema;
47 
48 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
49                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
50   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
51                                Context.getTargetInfo());
52 }
53 
54 /// Checks that a call expression's argument count is the desired number.
55 /// This is useful when doing custom type-checking.  Returns true on error.
56 static bool checkArgCount(Sema &S, CallExpr *call, unsigned desiredArgCount) {
57   unsigned argCount = call->getNumArgs();
58   if (argCount == desiredArgCount) return false;
59 
60   if (argCount < desiredArgCount)
61     return S.Diag(call->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
62         << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
63         << call->getSourceRange();
64 
65   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
66   SourceRange range(call->getArg(desiredArgCount)->getLocStart(),
67                     call->getArg(argCount - 1)->getLocEnd());
68 
69   return S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
70     << 0 /*function call*/ << desiredArgCount << argCount
71     << call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
72 }
73 
74 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
75 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
76 static bool SemaBuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
77   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
78     return true;
79 
80   // First argument should be an integer.
81   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
82   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
83   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
84     S.Diag(ValArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
85       << ValArg->getSourceRange();
86     return true;
87   }
88 
89   // Second argument should be a constant string.
90   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
91   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
92   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
93     S.Diag(StrArg->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
94       << StrArg->getSourceRange();
95     return true;
96   }
97 
98   TheCall->setType(Ty);
99   return false;
100 }
101 
102 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
103 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
104 static bool SemaBuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
105   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
106     return true;
107 
108   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
109   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getLocStart());
110   if (ResultType.isNull())
111     return true;
112 
113   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
114   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
115   return false;
116 }
117 
118 static bool SemaBuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
119   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 3))
120     return true;
121 
122   // First two arguments should be integers.
123   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
124     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
125     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
126     if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
127       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
128           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
129       return true;
130     }
131   }
132 
133   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
134   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
135   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
136   {
137     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(2);
138     QualType Ty = Arg->getType();
139     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
140     if (!(PtrTy && PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() &&
141           !PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified())) {
142       S.Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
143           << Ty << Arg->getSourceRange();
144       return true;
145     }
146   }
147 
148   return false;
149 }
150 
151 static void SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
152 		                  CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned SizeIdx,
153                                   unsigned DstSizeIdx) {
154   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() <= SizeIdx ||
155       TheCall->getNumArgs() <= DstSizeIdx)
156     return;
157 
158   const Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(SizeIdx);
159   const Expr *DstSizeArg = TheCall->getArg(DstSizeIdx);
160 
161   llvm::APSInt Size, DstSize;
162 
163   // find out if both sizes are known at compile time
164   if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Size, S.Context) ||
165       !DstSizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(DstSize, S.Context))
166     return;
167 
168   if (Size.ule(DstSize))
169     return;
170 
171   // confirmed overflow so generate the diagnostic.
172   IdentifierInfo *FnName = FDecl->getIdentifier();
173   SourceLocation SL = TheCall->getLocStart();
174   SourceRange SR = TheCall->getSourceRange();
175 
176   S.Diag(SL, diag::warn_memcpy_chk_overflow) << SR << FnName;
177 }
178 
179 static bool SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
180   if (checkArgCount(S, BuiltinCall, 2))
181     return true;
182 
183   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getLocStart();
184   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
185   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
186   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
187 
188   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
189     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
190         << Call->getSourceRange();
191     return true;
192   }
193 
194   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
195   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
196     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
197         << Call->getSourceRange();
198     return true;
199   }
200 
201   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
202   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
203     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
204       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
205           << Call->getSourceRange();
206       return true;
207     }
208 
209   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
210     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
211         << Call->getSourceRange();
212     return true;
213   }
214 
215   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
216   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
217     return true;
218   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
219     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
220         << Chain->getSourceRange();
221     return true;
222   }
223 
224   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
225   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
226   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
227       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
228   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
229 
230   Builtin =
231       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
232 
233   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
234   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
235   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
236   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
237   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
238 
239   return false;
240 }
241 
242 static bool SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
243                                      Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
244                                      unsigned DiagID) {
245   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
246   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
247   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
248   if (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation())
249     return false;
250 
251   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
252   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
253     S = S->getParent();
254   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
255     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
256     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
257         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
258     return true;
259   }
260 
261   return false;
262 }
263 
264 static inline bool isBlockPointer(Expr *Arg) {
265   return Arg->getType()->isBlockPointerType();
266 }
267 
268 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.2 - Checks that the block parameters are all local
269 /// void*, which is a requirement of device side enqueue.
270 static bool checkOpenCLBlockArgs(Sema &S, Expr *BlockArg) {
271   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
272       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
273   ArrayRef<QualType> Params =
274       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes();
275   unsigned ArgCounter = 0;
276   bool IllegalParams = false;
277   // Iterate through the block parameters until either one is found that is not
278   // a local void*, or the block is valid.
279   for (ArrayRef<QualType>::iterator I = Params.begin(), E = Params.end();
280        I != E; ++I, ++ArgCounter) {
281     if (!(*I)->isPointerType() || !(*I)->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() ||
282         (*I)->getPointeeType().getQualifiers().getAddressSpace() !=
283             LangAS::opencl_local) {
284       // Get the location of the error. If a block literal has been passed
285       // (BlockExpr) then we can point straight to the offending argument,
286       // else we just point to the variable reference.
287       SourceLocation ErrorLoc;
288       if (isa<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)) {
289         BlockDecl *BD = cast<BlockExpr>(BlockArg)->getBlockDecl();
290         ErrorLoc = BD->getParamDecl(ArgCounter)->getLocStart();
291       } else if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)) {
292         ErrorLoc = cast<DeclRefExpr>(BlockArg)->getLocStart();
293       }
294       S.Diag(ErrorLoc,
295              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_non_local_void_args);
296       IllegalParams = true;
297     }
298   }
299 
300   return IllegalParams;
301 }
302 
303 static bool checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
304   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_subgroups")) {
305     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_requires_extension)
306           << 1 << Call->getDirectCallee() << "cl_khr_subgroups";
307     return true;
308   }
309   return false;
310 }
311 
312 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinNDRangeAndBlock(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
313   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 2))
314     return true;
315 
316   if (checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(S, TheCall))
317     return true;
318 
319   // First argument is an ndrange_t type.
320   Expr *NDRangeArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
321   if (NDRangeArg->getType().getAsString() != "ndrange_t") {
322     S.Diag(NDRangeArg->getLocStart(),
323            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
324         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "'ndrange_t'";
325     return true;
326   }
327 
328   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(1);
329   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
330     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
331            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
332         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
333     return true;
334   }
335   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
336 }
337 
338 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17.6 - Check the argument to the
339 /// get_kernel_work_group_size
340 /// and get_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple builtin functions.
341 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
342   if (checkArgCount(S, TheCall, 1))
343     return true;
344 
345   Expr *BlockArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
346   if (!isBlockPointer(BlockArg)) {
347     S.Diag(BlockArg->getLocStart(),
348            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
349         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
350     return true;
351   }
352   return checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, BlockArg);
353 }
354 
355 /// Diagnose integer type and any valid implicit conversion to it.
356 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueIntType(Sema &S, Expr *E,
357                                       const QualType &IntType);
358 
359 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
360                                             unsigned Start, unsigned End) {
361   bool IllegalParams = false;
362   for (unsigned I = Start; I <= End; ++I)
363     IllegalParams |= checkOpenCLEnqueueIntType(S, TheCall->getArg(I),
364                                               S.Context.getSizeType());
365   return IllegalParams;
366 }
367 
368 /// OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17.1 - Check that sizes are provided for all
369 /// 'local void*' parameter of passed block.
370 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
371                                            Expr *BlockArg,
372                                            unsigned NumNonVarArgs) {
373   const BlockPointerType *BPT =
374       cast<BlockPointerType>(BlockArg->getType().getCanonicalType());
375   unsigned NumBlockParams =
376       BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams();
377   unsigned TotalNumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
378 
379   // For each argument passed to the block, a corresponding uint needs to
380   // be passed to describe the size of the local memory.
381   if (TotalNumArgs != NumBlockParams + NumNonVarArgs) {
382     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
383            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_local_size_args);
384     return true;
385   }
386 
387   // Check that the sizes of the local memory are specified by integers.
388   return checkOpenCLEnqueueLocalSizeArgs(S, TheCall, NumNonVarArgs,
389                                          TotalNumArgs - 1);
390 }
391 
392 /// OpenCL C v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel function contains four different
393 /// overload formats specified in Table 6.13.17.1.
394 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
395 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
396 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
397 ///                    void (^block)(void))
398 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
399 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
400 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
401 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
402 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
403 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
404 ///                    void (^block)(void))
405 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
406 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
407 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
408 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
409 ///                    uint size0, ...)
410 /// int enqueue_kernel(queue_t queue,
411 ///                    kernel_enqueue_flags_t flags,
412 ///                    const ndrange_t ndrange,
413 ///                    uint num_events_in_wait_list,
414 ///                    clk_event_t *event_wait_list,
415 ///                    clk_event_t *event_ret,
416 ///                    void (^block)(local void*, ...),
417 ///                    uint size0, ...)
418 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
419   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
420 
421   if (NumArgs < 4) {
422     S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args);
423     return true;
424   }
425 
426   Expr *Arg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
427   Expr *Arg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
428   Expr *Arg2 = TheCall->getArg(2);
429   Expr *Arg3 = TheCall->getArg(3);
430 
431   // First argument always needs to be a queue_t type.
432   if (!Arg0->getType()->isQueueT()) {
433     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
434            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
435         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLQueueTy;
436     return true;
437   }
438 
439   // Second argument always needs to be a kernel_enqueue_flags_t enum value.
440   if (!Arg1->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
441     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
442            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
443         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "'kernel_enqueue_flags_t' (i.e. uint)";
444     return true;
445   }
446 
447   // Third argument is always an ndrange_t type.
448   if (Arg2->getType().getUnqualifiedType().getAsString() != "ndrange_t") {
449     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
450            diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
451         << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "'ndrange_t'";
452     return true;
453   }
454 
455   // With four arguments, there is only one form that the function could be
456   // called in: no events and no variable arguments.
457   if (NumArgs == 4) {
458     // check that the last argument is the right block type.
459     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg3)) {
460       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
461           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
462       return true;
463     }
464     // we have a block type, check the prototype
465     const BlockPointerType *BPT =
466         cast<BlockPointerType>(Arg3->getType().getCanonicalType());
467     if (BPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getNumParams() > 0) {
468       S.Diag(Arg3->getLocStart(),
469              diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_blocks_no_args);
470       return true;
471     }
472     return false;
473   }
474   // we can have block + varargs.
475   if (isBlockPointer(Arg3))
476     return (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg3) ||
477             checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg3, 4));
478   // last two cases with either exactly 7 args or 7 args and varargs.
479   if (NumArgs >= 7) {
480     // check common block argument.
481     Expr *Arg6 = TheCall->getArg(6);
482     if (!isBlockPointer(Arg6)) {
483       S.Diag(Arg6->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
484           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "block";
485       return true;
486     }
487     if (checkOpenCLBlockArgs(S, Arg6))
488       return true;
489 
490     // Forth argument has to be any integer type.
491     if (!Arg3->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
492       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(3)->getLocStart(),
493              diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
494           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << "integer";
495       return true;
496     }
497     // check remaining common arguments.
498     Expr *Arg4 = TheCall->getArg(4);
499     Expr *Arg5 = TheCall->getArg(5);
500 
501     // Fifth argument is always passed as a pointer to clk_event_t.
502     if (!Arg4->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
503                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
504         !Arg4->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->isClkEventT()) {
505       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(4)->getLocStart(),
506              diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
507           << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
508           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
509       return true;
510     }
511 
512     // Sixth argument is always passed as a pointer to clk_event_t.
513     if (!Arg5->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
514                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
515         !(Arg5->getType()->isPointerType() &&
516           Arg5->getType()->getPointeeType()->isClkEventT())) {
517       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(5)->getLocStart(),
518              diag::err_opencl_builtin_expected_type)
519           << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
520           << S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.OCLClkEventTy);
521       return true;
522     }
523 
524     if (NumArgs == 7)
525       return false;
526 
527     return checkOpenCLEnqueueVariadicArgs(S, TheCall, Arg6, 7);
528   }
529 
530   // None of the specific case has been detected, give generic error
531   S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
532          diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_incorrect_args);
533   return true;
534 }
535 
536 /// Returns OpenCL access qual.
537 static OpenCLAccessAttr *getOpenCLArgAccess(const Decl *D) {
538     return D->getAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>();
539 }
540 
541 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
542 static bool checkOpenCLPipeArg(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
543   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
544   // First argument type should always be pipe.
545   if (!Arg0->getType()->isPipeType()) {
546     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
547         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Arg0->getSourceRange();
548     return true;
549   }
550   OpenCLAccessAttr *AccessQual =
551       getOpenCLArgAccess(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg0)->getDecl());
552   // Validates the access qualifier is compatible with the call.
553   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16 - The access qualifiers for pipe should only be
554   // read_only and write_only, and assumed to be read_only if no qualifier is
555   // specified.
556   switch (Call->getDirectCallee()->getBuiltinID()) {
557   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
558   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
559   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
560   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
561   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
562   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
563   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
564     if (!(!AccessQual || AccessQual->isReadOnly())) {
565       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
566              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
567           << "read_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
568       return true;
569     }
570     break;
571   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
572   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
573   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
574   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
575   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
576   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
577   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
578     if (!(AccessQual && AccessQual->isWriteOnly())) {
579       S.Diag(Arg0->getLocStart(),
580              diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_access_modifier)
581           << "write_only" << Arg0->getSourceRange();
582       return true;
583     }
584     break;
585   default:
586     break;
587   }
588   return false;
589 }
590 
591 /// Returns true if pipe element type is different from the pointer.
592 static bool checkOpenCLPipePacketType(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call, unsigned Idx) {
593   const Expr *Arg0 = Call->getArg(0);
594   const Expr *ArgIdx = Call->getArg(Idx);
595   const PipeType *PipeTy = cast<PipeType>(Arg0->getType());
596   const QualType EltTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
597   const PointerType *ArgTy = ArgIdx->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
598   // The Idx argument should be a pointer and the type of the pointer and
599   // the type of pipe element should also be the same.
600   if (!ArgTy ||
601       !S.Context.hasSameType(
602           EltTy, ArgTy->getPointeeType()->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
603     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
604         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.getPointerType(EltTy)
605         << ArgIdx->getType() << ArgIdx->getSourceRange();
606     return true;
607   }
608   return false;
609 }
610 
611 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the read/write_pipe call.
612 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
613 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
614 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
615 static bool SemaBuiltinRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
616   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.2 - The built-in read/write
617   // functions have two forms.
618   switch (Call->getNumArgs()) {
619   case 2: {
620     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
621       return true;
622     // The call with 2 arguments should be
623     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, T*).
624     // Check packet type T.
625     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 1))
626       return true;
627   } break;
628 
629   case 4: {
630     if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
631       return true;
632     // The call with 4 arguments should be
633     // read/write_pipe(pipe T, reserve_id_t, uint, T*).
634     // Check reserve_id_t.
635     if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
636       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
637           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
638           << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
639       return true;
640     }
641 
642     // Check the index.
643     const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2);
644     if (!Arg2->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
645         !Arg2->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
646       S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
647           << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
648           << Arg2->getType() << Arg2->getSourceRange();
649       return true;
650     }
651 
652     // Check packet type T.
653     if (checkOpenCLPipePacketType(S, Call, 3))
654       return true;
655   } break;
656   default:
657     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_arg_num)
658         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
659     return true;
660   }
661 
662   return false;
663 }
664 
665 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the {work_group_/sub_group_
666 //        /_}reserve_{read/write}_pipe
667 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
668 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
669 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
670 static bool SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
671   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
672     return true;
673 
674   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
675     return true;
676 
677   // Check the reserve size.
678   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
679       !Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
680     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
681         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.UnsignedIntTy
682         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
683     return true;
684   }
685 
686   return false;
687 }
688 
689 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on {work_group_/sub_group_
690 //        /_}commit_{read/write}_pipe
691 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
692 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
693 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
694 static bool SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
695   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 2))
696     return true;
697 
698   if (checkOpenCLPipeArg(S, Call))
699     return true;
700 
701   // Check reserve_id_t.
702   if (!Call->getArg(1)->getType()->isReserveIDT()) {
703     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_invalid_arg)
704         << Call->getDirectCallee() << S.Context.OCLReserveIDTy
705         << Call->getArg(1)->getType() << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
706     return true;
707   }
708 
709   return false;
710 }
711 
712 // \brief Performs a semantic analysis on the call to built-in Pipe
713 //        Query Functions.
714 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
715 // \param Call The call to the builtin function to be analyzed.
716 // \return True if a semantic error was found, false otherwise.
717 static bool SemaBuiltinPipePackets(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
718   if (checkArgCount(S, Call, 1))
719     return true;
720 
721   if (!Call->getArg(0)->getType()->isPipeType()) {
722     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_pipe_first_arg)
723         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getArg(0)->getSourceRange();
724     return true;
725   }
726 
727   return false;
728 }
729 // \brief OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.9 - Address space qualifier functions.
730 // \brief Performs semantic analysis for the to_global/local/private call.
731 // \param S Reference to the semantic analyzer.
732 // \param BuiltinID ID of the builtin function.
733 // \param Call A pointer to the builtin call.
734 // \return True if a semantic error has been found, false otherwise.
735 static bool SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID,
736                                     CallExpr *Call) {
737   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) {
738     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_arg_num)
739         << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
740     return true;
741   }
742 
743   auto RT = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
744   if (!RT->isPointerType() || RT->getPointeeType()
745       .getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
746     S.Diag(Call->getLocStart(), diag::err_opencl_builtin_to_addr_invalid_arg)
747         << Call->getArg(0) << Call->getDirectCallee() << Call->getSourceRange();
748     return true;
749   }
750 
751   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
752   auto Qual = RT.getQualifiers();
753   switch (BuiltinID) {
754   case Builtin::BIto_global:
755     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_global);
756     break;
757   case Builtin::BIto_local:
758     Qual.setAddressSpace(LangAS::opencl_local);
759     break;
760   default:
761     Qual.removeAddressSpace();
762   }
763   Call->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.getQualifiedType(
764       RT.getUnqualifiedType(), Qual)));
765 
766   return false;
767 }
768 
769 ExprResult
770 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
771                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
772   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
773 
774   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
775   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
776   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
777   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
778   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
779     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
780 
781   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
782   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
783     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
784     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
785 
786     llvm::APSInt Result;
787     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
788       return true;
789     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
790   }
791 
792   switch (BuiltinID) {
793   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
794     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
795            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
796     if (CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
797       return ExprError();
798     break;
799   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ms_va_start:
800   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
801   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
802     if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(BuiltinID, TheCall))
803       return ExprError();
804     break;
805   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
806     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
807     case llvm::Triple::arm:
808     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
809       if (SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(TheCall))
810         return ExprError();
811       break;
812     default:
813       if (SemaBuiltinVAStart(BuiltinID, TheCall))
814         return ExprError();
815       break;
816     }
817     break;
818   }
819   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
820   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
821   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
822   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
823   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
824   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
825     if (SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall))
826       return ExprError();
827     break;
828   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
829     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6))
830       return ExprError();
831     break;
832   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
833   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
834   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
835   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
836   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
837     if (SemaBuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1))
838       return ExprError();
839     break;
840   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
841     return SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
842     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
843     // SemaBuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
844   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
845     if (SemaBuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
846       return ExprError();
847     break;
848   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_with_align:
849     if (SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(TheCall))
850       return ExprError();
851     break;
852   case Builtin::BI__assume:
853   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
854     if (SemaBuiltinAssume(TheCall))
855       return ExprError();
856     break;
857   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
858     if (SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
859       return ExprError();
860     break;
861   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
862     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
863       return ExprError();
864     break;
865   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
866     if (SemaBuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
867       return ExprError();
868     break;
869   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
870     if (SemaBuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
871       return ExprError();
872     break;
873   case Builtin::BI_setjmp:
874   case Builtin::BI_setjmpex:
875     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
876       return true;
877     break;
878 
879   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
880     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
881     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
882     break;
883   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p:
884     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1)) return true;
885     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
886     break;
887   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
888   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
889   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
890   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
891   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
892   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
893   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
894   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
895   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
896   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
897   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
898   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
899   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
900   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
901   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
902   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
903   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
904   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
905   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
906   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
907   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
908   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
909   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
910   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
911   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
912   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
913   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
914   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
915   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
916   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
917   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
918   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
919   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
920   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
921   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
922   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
923   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
924   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
925   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
926   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
927   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
928   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
929   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
930   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
931   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
932   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
933   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
934   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
935   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
936   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
937   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
938   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
939   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
940   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
941   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
942   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
943   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
944   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
945   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
946   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
947   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
948   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
949   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
950   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
951   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
952   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
953   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
954   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
955   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
956   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
957   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
958   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
959   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
960   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
961   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
962   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
963   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
964   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
965   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
966   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
967   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
968   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
969   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
970   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
971   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
972   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
973   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
974   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
975   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
976   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
977   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
978   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
979   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
980   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
981   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
982   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
983   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
984   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
985   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
986   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
987   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
988   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
989     return SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
990   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
991   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
992     return SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
993 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
994 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS) \
995   case Builtin::BI##ID: \
996     return SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
997 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.def"
998   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
999     if (SemaBuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
1000       return ExprError();
1001     break;
1002   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
1003     if (SemaBuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
1004       return ExprError();
1005     break;
1006   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
1007   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
1008   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
1009     if (SemaBuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall))
1010       return ExprError();
1011     break;
1012   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
1013   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
1014     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1015       Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
1016         << (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new
1017                 ? "__builtin_operator_new"
1018                 : "__builtin_operator_delete")
1019         << "C++";
1020       return ExprError();
1021     }
1022     // CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
1023     // so ensure that they are declared.
1024     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1025     break;
1026 
1027   // check secure string manipulation functions where overflows
1028   // are detectable at compile time
1029   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
1030   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
1031   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
1032   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
1033   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
1034   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
1035   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
1036   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
1037     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 2, 3);
1038     break;
1039   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
1040     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 3, 4);
1041     break;
1042   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
1043   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk:
1044     SemaBuiltinMemChkCall(*this, FDecl, TheCall, 1, 3);
1045     break;
1046   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
1047     if (SemaBuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
1048       return ExprError();
1049     break;
1050   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
1051   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
1052     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
1053                                  diag::err_seh___except_block))
1054       return ExprError();
1055     break;
1056   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
1057   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
1058     if (SemaBuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
1059                                  diag::err_seh___except_filter))
1060       return ExprError();
1061     break;
1062   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
1063     if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, 1))
1064       return ExprError();
1065 
1066     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
1067             TheCall->getLocStart(),
1068             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
1069             TheCall))
1070       return ExprError();
1071 
1072     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1073     break;
1074   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
1075   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
1076   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
1077     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
1078     // check for the argument.
1079     if (SemaBuiltinRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1080       return ExprError();
1081     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1082     break;
1083   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
1084   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
1085   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1086   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1087     if (SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1088       return ExprError();
1089     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1090     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1091     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1092     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1093     break;
1094   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
1095   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
1096     if (checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(*this, TheCall) ||
1097         SemaBuiltinReserveRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1098       return ExprError();
1099     // Since return type of reserve_read/write_pipe built-in function is
1100     // reserve_id_t, which is not defined in the builtin def file , we used int
1101     // as return type and need to override the return type of these functions.
1102     TheCall->setType(Context.OCLReserveIDTy);
1103     break;
1104   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
1105   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
1106   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
1107   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
1108     if (SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1109       return ExprError();
1110     break;
1111   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
1112   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
1113     if (checkOpenCLSubgroupExt(*this, TheCall) ||
1114         SemaBuiltinCommitRWPipe(*this, TheCall))
1115       return ExprError();
1116     break;
1117   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
1118   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
1119     if (SemaBuiltinPipePackets(*this, TheCall))
1120       return ExprError();
1121     TheCall->setType(Context.UnsignedIntTy);
1122     break;
1123   case Builtin::BIto_global:
1124   case Builtin::BIto_local:
1125   case Builtin::BIto_private:
1126     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinToAddr(*this, BuiltinID, TheCall))
1127       return ExprError();
1128     break;
1129   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
1130   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
1131     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinEnqueueKernel(*this, TheCall))
1132       return ExprError();
1133     break;
1134   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
1135   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
1136     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(*this, TheCall))
1137       return ExprError();
1138     break;
1139     break;
1140   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_max_sub_group_size_for_ndrange:
1141   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_sub_group_count_for_ndrange:
1142     if (SemaOpenCLBuiltinNDRangeAndBlock(*this, TheCall))
1143       return ExprError();
1144     break;
1145   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format:
1146   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size:
1147     if (SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(TheCall)) {
1148       return ExprError();
1149     }
1150     break;
1151   }
1152 
1153   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
1154   // of the arch we are compiling for.
1155   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
1156     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
1157       case llvm::Triple::arm:
1158       case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1159       case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1160       case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1161         if (CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1162           return ExprError();
1163         break;
1164       case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1165       case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1166         if (CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1167           return ExprError();
1168         break;
1169       case llvm::Triple::mips:
1170       case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1171       case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1172       case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1173         if (CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1174           return ExprError();
1175         break;
1176       case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1177         if (CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1178           return ExprError();
1179         break;
1180       case llvm::Triple::x86:
1181       case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1182         if (CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1183           return ExprError();
1184         break;
1185       case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1186       case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1187       case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1188         if (CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1189           return ExprError();
1190         break;
1191       default:
1192         break;
1193     }
1194   }
1195 
1196   return TheCallResult;
1197 }
1198 
1199 // Get the valid immediate range for the specified NEON type code.
1200 static unsigned RFT(unsigned t, bool shift = false, bool ForceQuad = false) {
1201   NeonTypeFlags Type(t);
1202   int IsQuad = ForceQuad ? true : Type.isQuad();
1203   switch (Type.getEltType()) {
1204   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1205   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1206     return shift ? 7 : (8 << IsQuad) - 1;
1207   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1208   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1209     return shift ? 15 : (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1210   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1211     return shift ? 31 : (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1212   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1213   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1214     return shift ? 63 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1215   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1216     return shift ? 127 : (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1217   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1218     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1219     return (4 << IsQuad) - 1;
1220   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1221     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1222     return (2 << IsQuad) - 1;
1223   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1224     assert(!shift && "cannot shift float types!");
1225     return (1 << IsQuad) - 1;
1226   }
1227   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1228 }
1229 
1230 /// getNeonEltType - Return the QualType corresponding to the elements of
1231 /// the vector type specified by the NeonTypeFlags.  This is used to check
1232 /// the pointer arguments for Neon load/store intrinsics.
1233 static QualType getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags Flags, ASTContext &Context,
1234                                bool IsPolyUnsigned, bool IsInt64Long) {
1235   switch (Flags.getEltType()) {
1236   case NeonTypeFlags::Int8:
1237     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1238   case NeonTypeFlags::Int16:
1239     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1240   case NeonTypeFlags::Int32:
1241     return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
1242   case NeonTypeFlags::Int64:
1243     if (IsInt64Long)
1244       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
1245     else
1246       return Flags.isUnsigned() ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
1247                                 : Context.LongLongTy;
1248   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly8:
1249     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedCharTy : Context.SignedCharTy;
1250   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly16:
1251     return IsPolyUnsigned ? Context.UnsignedShortTy : Context.ShortTy;
1252   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly64:
1253     if (IsInt64Long)
1254       return Context.UnsignedLongTy;
1255     else
1256       return Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1257   case NeonTypeFlags::Poly128:
1258     break;
1259   case NeonTypeFlags::Float16:
1260     return Context.HalfTy;
1261   case NeonTypeFlags::Float32:
1262     return Context.FloatTy;
1263   case NeonTypeFlags::Float64:
1264     return Context.DoubleTy;
1265   }
1266   llvm_unreachable("Invalid NeonTypeFlag!");
1267 }
1268 
1269 bool Sema::CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1270   llvm::APSInt Result;
1271   uint64_t mask = 0;
1272   unsigned TV = 0;
1273   int PtrArgNum = -1;
1274   bool HasConstPtr = false;
1275   switch (BuiltinID) {
1276 #define GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1277 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1278 #undef GET_NEON_OVERLOAD_CHECK
1279   }
1280 
1281   // For NEON intrinsics which are overloaded on vector element type, validate
1282   // the immediate which specifies which variant to emit.
1283   unsigned ImmArg = TheCall->getNumArgs()-1;
1284   if (mask) {
1285     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ImmArg, Result))
1286       return true;
1287 
1288     TV = Result.getLimitedValue(64);
1289     if ((TV > 63) || (mask & (1ULL << TV)) == 0)
1290       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_neon_type_code)
1291         << TheCall->getArg(ImmArg)->getSourceRange();
1292   }
1293 
1294   if (PtrArgNum >= 0) {
1295     // Check that pointer arguments have the specified type.
1296     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgNum);
1297     if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Arg))
1298       Arg = ICE->getSubExpr();
1299     ExprResult RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Arg);
1300     QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
1301 
1302     llvm::Triple::ArchType Arch = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1303     bool IsPolyUnsigned = Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64 ||
1304                           Arch == llvm::Triple::aarch64_be;
1305     bool IsInt64Long =
1306         Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type() == TargetInfo::SignedLong;
1307     QualType EltTy =
1308         getNeonEltType(NeonTypeFlags(TV), Context, IsPolyUnsigned, IsInt64Long);
1309     if (HasConstPtr)
1310       EltTy = EltTy.withConst();
1311     QualType LHSTy = Context.getPointerType(EltTy);
1312     AssignConvertType ConvTy;
1313     ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
1314     if (RHS.isInvalid())
1315       return true;
1316     if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Arg->getLocStart(), LHSTy, RHSTy,
1317                                  RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
1318       return true;
1319   }
1320 
1321   // For NEON intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the
1322   // instruction, range check them here.
1323   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1324   switch (BuiltinID) {
1325   default:
1326     return false;
1327 #define GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1328 #include "clang/Basic/arm_neon.inc"
1329 #undef GET_NEON_IMMEDIATE_CHECK
1330   }
1331 
1332   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1333 }
1334 
1335 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1336                                         unsigned MaxWidth) {
1337   assert((BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1338           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1339           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1340           BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex ||
1341           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1342           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1343           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1344           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) &&
1345          "unexpected ARM builtin");
1346   bool IsLdrex = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1347                  BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1348                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1349                  BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex;
1350 
1351   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1352 
1353   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
1354   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, IsLdrex ? 1 : 2))
1355     return true;
1356 
1357   // Inspect the pointer argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
1358   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
1359   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
1360   // casts here.
1361   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1);
1362   ExprResult PointerArgRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
1363   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1364     return true;
1365   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1366 
1367   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1368   if (!pointerType) {
1369     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
1370       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1371     return true;
1372   }
1373 
1374   // ldrex takes a "const volatile T*" and strex takes a "volatile T*". Our next
1375   // task is to insert the appropriate casts into the AST. First work out just
1376   // what the appropriate type is.
1377   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
1378   QualType AddrType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType().withVolatile();
1379   if (IsLdrex)
1380     AddrType.addConst();
1381 
1382   // Issue a warning if the cast is dodgy.
1383   CastKind CastNeeded = CK_NoOp;
1384   if (!AddrType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(ValType)) {
1385     CastNeeded = CK_BitCast;
1386     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers)
1387       << PointerArg->getType()
1388       << Context.getPointerType(AddrType)
1389       << AA_Passing << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1390   }
1391 
1392   // Finally, do the cast and replace the argument with the corrected version.
1393   AddrType = Context.getPointerType(AddrType);
1394   PointerArgRes = ImpCastExprToType(PointerArg, AddrType, CastNeeded);
1395   if (PointerArgRes.isInvalid())
1396     return true;
1397   PointerArg = PointerArgRes.get();
1398 
1399   TheCall->setArg(IsLdrex ? 0 : 1, PointerArg);
1400 
1401   // In general, we allow ints, floats and pointers to be loaded and stored.
1402   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
1403       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType()) {
1404     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr)
1405       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1406     return true;
1407   }
1408 
1409   // But ARM doesn't have instructions to deal with 128-bit versions.
1410   if (Context.getTypeSize(ValType) > MaxWidth) {
1411     assert(MaxWidth == 64 && "Diagnostic unexpectedly inaccurate");
1412     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_exclusive_builtin_pointer_size)
1413       << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1414     return true;
1415   }
1416 
1417   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
1418   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1419   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1420     // okay
1421     break;
1422 
1423   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1424   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1425   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1426     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
1427       << ValType << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
1428     return true;
1429   }
1430 
1431   if (IsLdrex) {
1432     TheCall->setType(ValType);
1433     return false;
1434   }
1435 
1436   // Initialize the argument to be stored.
1437   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1438   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
1439       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
1440   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
1441   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
1442     return true;
1443   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
1444 
1445   // __builtin_arm_strex always returns an int. It's marked as such in the .def,
1446   // but the custom checker bypasses all default analysis.
1447   TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
1448   return false;
1449 }
1450 
1451 bool Sema::CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1452   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1453       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1454       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1455       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1456     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 64);
1457   }
1458 
1459   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1460     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1461       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 1);
1462   }
1463 
1464   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1465       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1466     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 3, false);
1467 
1468   if (BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1469       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1470       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1471       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1472     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1473 
1474   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1475     return true;
1476 
1477   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1478   // range check them here.
1479   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1480   switch (BuiltinID) {
1481   default: return false;
1482   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_ssat: i = 1; l = 1; u = 31; break;
1483   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_usat: i = 1; u = 31; break;
1484   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_f:
1485   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_vcvtr_d: i = 1; u = 1; break;
1486   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1487   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1488   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_isb:
1489   case ARM::BI__builtin_arm_dbg: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1490   }
1491 
1492   // FIXME: VFP Intrinsics should error if VFP not present.
1493   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1494 }
1495 
1496 bool Sema::CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1497                                          CallExpr *TheCall) {
1498   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldrex ||
1499       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_ldaex ||
1500       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_strex ||
1501       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_stlex) {
1502     return CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(BuiltinID, TheCall, 128);
1503   }
1504 
1505   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_prefetch) {
1506     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1507       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 2) ||
1508       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 3, 0, 1) ||
1509       SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 4, 0, 1);
1510   }
1511 
1512   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
1513       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64)
1514     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1515 
1516   if (BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
1517       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
1518       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
1519       BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp)
1520     return SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(BuiltinID, TheCall, 0, 5, true);
1521 
1522   if (CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
1523     return true;
1524 
1525   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1526   // range check them here.
1527   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1528   switch (BuiltinID) {
1529   default: return false;
1530   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dmb:
1531   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_dsb:
1532   case AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_isb: l = 0; u = 15; break;
1533   }
1534 
1535   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u + l);
1536 }
1537 
1538 // CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall - Checks the constant value passed to the
1539 // intrinsic is correct. The switch statement is ordered by DSP, MSA. The
1540 // ordering for DSP is unspecified. MSA is ordered by the data format used
1541 // by the underlying instruction i.e., df/m, df/n and then by size.
1542 //
1543 // FIXME: The size tests here should instead be tablegen'd along with the
1544 //        definitions from include/clang/Basic/BuiltinsMips.def.
1545 // FIXME: GCC is strict on signedness for some of these intrinsics, we should
1546 //        be too.
1547 bool Sema::CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1548   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0, m = 0;
1549   switch (BuiltinID) {
1550   default: return false;
1551   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_wrdsp: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1552   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_rddsp: i = 0; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1553   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_append: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1554   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_balign: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1555   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1556   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_precr_sra_r_ph_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1557   case Mips::BI__builtin_mips_prepend: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1558   // MSA instrinsics. Instructions (which the intrinsics maps to) which use the
1559   // df/m field.
1560   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1561   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_b:
1562   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_b:
1563   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_b:
1564   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_b:
1565   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_b:
1566   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_b:
1567   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_b:
1568   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_b:
1569   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_b:
1570   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1571   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_b:
1572   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1573   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1574   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_h:
1575   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_h:
1576   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_h:
1577   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_h:
1578   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_h:
1579   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_h:
1580   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_h:
1581   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_h:
1582   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_h:
1583   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1584   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_h:
1585   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1586   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 5 bit immedate.
1587   // The first block of intrinsics actually have an unsigned 5 bit field,
1588   // not a df/n field.
1589   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_b:
1590   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_h:
1591   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_w:
1592   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_u_d:
1593   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_b:
1594   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_h:
1595   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_w:
1596   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_u_d:
1597   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_b:
1598   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_h:
1599   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_w:
1600   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_u_d:
1601   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_b:
1602   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_h:
1603   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_w:
1604   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_u_d:
1605   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_b:
1606   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_h:
1607   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_w:
1608   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_addvi_d:
1609   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_w:
1610   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_w:
1611   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_w:
1612   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_w:
1613   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_w:
1614   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_w:
1615   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_w:
1616   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_w:
1617   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_w:
1618   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_w:
1619   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_b:
1620   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_h:
1621   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_w:
1622   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_subvi_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1623   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_w:
1624   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1625   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 6 bit immediate.
1626   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bclri_d:
1627   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bnegi_d:
1628   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseti_d:
1629   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_s_d:
1630   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sat_u_d:
1631   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_slli_d:
1632   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srai_d:
1633   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srari_d:
1634   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srli_d:
1635   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_srlri_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1636   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsli_d:
1637   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_binsri_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 63; break;
1638   // These intrinsics take a signed 5 bit immediate.
1639   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_b:
1640   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_h:
1641   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_w:
1642   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ceqi_d:
1643   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_b:
1644   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_h:
1645   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_w:
1646   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clti_s_d:
1647   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_b:
1648   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_h:
1649   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_w:
1650   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_clei_s_d:
1651   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_b:
1652   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_h:
1653   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_w:
1654   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_maxi_s_d:
1655   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_b:
1656   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_h:
1657   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_w:
1658   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_mini_s_d: i = 1; l = -16; u = 15; break;
1659   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 8 bit immediate.
1660   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_andi_b:
1661   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_nori_b:
1662   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ori_b:
1663   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_b:
1664   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_h:
1665   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_shf_w:
1666   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_xori_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1667   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bseli_b:
1668   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmnzi_b:
1669   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_bmzi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1670   // df/n format
1671   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 4 bit immediate.
1672   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_b:
1673   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_b:
1674   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_b:
1675   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_b: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1676   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_b: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1677   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 3 bit immediate.
1678   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_h:
1679   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_h:
1680   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_h:
1681   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_h: i = 1; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1682   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_h: i = 2; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1683   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 2 bit immediate.
1684   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_w:
1685   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_w:
1686   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_w:
1687   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_w: i = 1; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1688   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_w: i = 2; l = 0; u = 3; break;
1689   // These intrinsics take an unsigned 1 bit immediate.
1690   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_s_d:
1691   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_copy_u_d:
1692   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_insve_d:
1693   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_splati_d: i = 1; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1694   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_sldi_d: i = 2; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1695   // Memory offsets and immediate loads.
1696   // These intrinsics take a signed 10 bit immediate.
1697   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_b: i = 0; l = -128; u = 255; break;
1698   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_h:
1699   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_w:
1700   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ldi_d: i = 0; l = -512; u = 511; break;
1701   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_b: i = 1; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1702   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_h: i = 1; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1703   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_w: i = 1; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1704   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_ld_d: i = 1; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1705   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_b: i = 2; l = -512; u = 511; m = 16; break;
1706   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_h: i = 2; l = -1024; u = 1022; m = 16; break;
1707   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_w: i = 2; l = -2048; u = 2044; m = 16; break;
1708   case Mips::BI__builtin_msa_st_d: i = 2; l = -4096; u = 4088; m = 16; break;
1709   }
1710 
1711   if (!m)
1712     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1713 
1714   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u) ||
1715          SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(TheCall, i, m);
1716 }
1717 
1718 bool Sema::CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1719   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1720   bool Is64BitBltin = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1721                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu ||
1722                       BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd;
1723   bool IsTarget64Bit = Context.getTargetInfo()
1724                               .getTypeWidth(Context
1725                                             .getTargetInfo()
1726                                             .getIntPtrType()) == 64;
1727   bool IsBltinExtDiv = BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divwe ||
1728                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divweu ||
1729                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divde ||
1730                        BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_divdeu;
1731 
1732   if (Is64BitBltin && !IsTarget64Bit)
1733       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_64_bit_builtin_32_bit_tgt)
1734              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1735 
1736   if ((IsBltinExtDiv && !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("extdiv")) ||
1737       (BuiltinID == PPC::BI__builtin_bpermd &&
1738        !Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("bpermd")))
1739     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_ppc_builtin_only_on_pwr7)
1740            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1741 
1742   switch (BuiltinID) {
1743   default: return false;
1744   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmaw:
1745   case PPC::BI__builtin_altivec_crypto_vshasigmad:
1746     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 1) ||
1747            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1748   case PPC::BI__builtin_tbegin:
1749   case PPC::BI__builtin_tend: i = 0; l = 0; u = 1; break;
1750   case PPC::BI__builtin_tsr: i = 0; l = 0; u = 7; break;
1751   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwc:
1752   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdc: i = 0; l = 0; u = 31; break;
1753   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortwci:
1754   case PPC::BI__builtin_tabortdci:
1755     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 31) ||
1756            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 31);
1757   case PPC::BI__builtin_vsx_xxpermdi:
1758   case PPC::BI__builtin_vsx_xxsldwi:
1759     return SemaBuiltinVSX(TheCall);
1760   }
1761   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1762 }
1763 
1764 bool Sema::CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID,
1765                                            CallExpr *TheCall) {
1766   if (BuiltinID == SystemZ::BI__builtin_tabort) {
1767     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1768     llvm::APSInt AbortCode(32);
1769     if (Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(AbortCode, Context) &&
1770         AbortCode.getSExtValue() >= 0 && AbortCode.getSExtValue() < 256)
1771       return Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_systemz_invalid_tabort_code)
1772              << Arg->getSourceRange();
1773   }
1774 
1775   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
1776   // range check them here.
1777   unsigned i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
1778   switch (BuiltinID) {
1779   default: return false;
1780   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_lcbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1781   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimb:
1782   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimh:
1783   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimf:
1784   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_verimg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 255; break;
1785   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeb:
1786   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaeh:
1787   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaef:
1788   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaebs:
1789   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaehs:
1790   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaefs:
1791   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezb:
1792   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezh:
1793   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezf:
1794   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezbs:
1795   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezhs:
1796   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfaezfs: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1797   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfisb:
1798   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfidb:
1799     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15) ||
1800            SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 2, 0, 15);
1801   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcisb:
1802   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vftcidb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 4095; break;
1803   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vlbb: i = 1; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1804   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vpdi: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1805   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vsldb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1806   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcb:
1807   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrch:
1808   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcf:
1809   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczb:
1810   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczh:
1811   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczf:
1812   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcbs:
1813   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrchs:
1814   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrcfs:
1815   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczbs:
1816   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczhs:
1817   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vstrczfs: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1818   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vmslg: i = 3; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1819   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfminsb:
1820   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfmaxsb:
1821   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfmindb:
1822   case SystemZ::BI__builtin_s390_vfmaxdb: i = 2; l = 0; u = 15; break;
1823   }
1824   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
1825 }
1826 
1827 /// SemaBuiltinCpuSupports - Handle __builtin_cpu_supports(char *).
1828 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_cpu_supports and
1829 /// that the string argument is constant and valid.
1830 static bool SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1831   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
1832 
1833   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
1834   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
1835     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
1836            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1837 
1838   // Check the contents of the string.
1839   StringRef Feature =
1840       cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
1841   if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().validateCpuSupports(Feature))
1842     return S.Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_supports)
1843            << Arg->getSourceRange();
1844   return false;
1845 }
1846 
1847 // Check if the rounding mode is legal.
1848 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1849   // Indicates if this instruction has rounding control or just SAE.
1850   bool HasRC = false;
1851 
1852   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
1853   switch (BuiltinID) {
1854   default:
1855     return false;
1856   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si32:
1857   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2si64:
1858   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi32:
1859   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttsd2usi64:
1860   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si32:
1861   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2si64:
1862   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi32:
1863   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvttss2usi64:
1864     ArgNum = 1;
1865     break;
1866   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2pd512_mask:
1867   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2dq512_mask:
1868   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2qq512_mask:
1869   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2udq512_mask:
1870   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttpd2uqq512_mask:
1871   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2dq512_mask:
1872   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2qq512_mask:
1873   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2udq512_mask:
1874   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvttps2uqq512_mask:
1875   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2pd_mask:
1876   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_exp2ps_mask:
1877   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexppd512_mask:
1878   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpps512_mask:
1879   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28pd_mask:
1880   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ps_mask:
1881   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28pd_mask:
1882   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ps_mask:
1883   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
1884   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
1885   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtph2ps512_mask:
1886     ArgNum = 3;
1887     break;
1888   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
1889   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
1890   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
1891   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
1892   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtss2sd_round_mask:
1893   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpsd128_round_mask:
1894   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getexpss128_round_mask:
1895   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxpd512_mask:
1896   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxps512_mask:
1897   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxsd_round_mask:
1898   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_maxss_round_mask:
1899   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minpd512_mask:
1900   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minps512_mask:
1901   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minsd_round_mask:
1902   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_minss_round_mask:
1903   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28sd_round_mask:
1904   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rcp28ss_round_mask:
1905   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
1906   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
1907   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
1908   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
1909   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28sd_round_mask:
1910   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rsqrt28ss_round_mask:
1911     ArgNum = 4;
1912     break;
1913   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
1914   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
1915   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
1916   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
1917   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
1918   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
1919   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
1920   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
1921   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
1922   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
1923   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangesd128_round_mask:
1924   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangess128_round_mask:
1925   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducesd_mask:
1926   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducess_mask:
1927   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
1928   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
1929     ArgNum = 5;
1930     break;
1931   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si64:
1932   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2si32:
1933   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi32:
1934   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtsd2usi64:
1935   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si32:
1936   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2si64:
1937   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi32:
1938   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtss2usi64:
1939     ArgNum = 1;
1940     HasRC = true;
1941     break;
1942   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2sd64:
1943   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss32:
1944   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsi2ss64:
1945   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2sd64:
1946   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss32:
1947   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtusi2ss64:
1948     ArgNum = 2;
1949     HasRC = true;
1950     break;
1951   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtdq2ps512_mask:
1952   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtudq2ps512_mask:
1953   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2ps512_mask:
1954   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2qq512_mask:
1955   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtpd2uqq512_mask:
1956   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2qq512_mask:
1957   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtps2uqq512_mask:
1958   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2pd512_mask:
1959   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtqq2ps512_mask:
1960   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2pd512_mask:
1961   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtuqq2ps512_mask:
1962   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtpd512_mask:
1963   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtps512_mask:
1964     ArgNum = 3;
1965     HasRC = true;
1966     break;
1967   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addpd512_mask:
1968   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addps512_mask:
1969   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divpd512_mask:
1970   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divps512_mask:
1971   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulpd512_mask:
1972   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulps512_mask:
1973   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subpd512_mask:
1974   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subps512_mask:
1975   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addss_round_mask:
1976   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_addsd_round_mask:
1977   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divss_round_mask:
1978   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_divsd_round_mask:
1979   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulss_round_mask:
1980   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mulsd_round_mask:
1981   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subss_round_mask:
1982   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_subsd_round_mask:
1983   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefpd512_mask:
1984   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefps512_mask:
1985   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefsd_round_mask:
1986   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scalefss_round_mask:
1987   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantpd512_mask:
1988   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantps512_mask:
1989   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cvtsd2ss_round_mask:
1990   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtsd_round_mask:
1991   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sqrtss_round_mask:
1992   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask:
1993   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_mask3:
1994   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddpd512_maskz:
1995   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask:
1996   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_mask3:
1997   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddps512_maskz:
1998   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask:
1999   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_mask3:
2000   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubpd512_maskz:
2001   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask:
2002   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_mask3:
2003   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsubps512_maskz:
2004   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubpd512_mask3:
2005   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubps512_mask3:
2006   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddpd512_mask3:
2007   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmsubaddps512_mask3:
2008   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddpd512_mask:
2009   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmaddps512_mask:
2010   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask:
2011   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubpd512_mask3:
2012   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask:
2013   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfnmsubps512_mask3:
2014   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask:
2015   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_maskz:
2016   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddsd3_mask3:
2017   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask:
2018   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_maskz:
2019   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vfmaddss3_mask3:
2020     ArgNum = 4;
2021     HasRC = true;
2022     break;
2023   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2024   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2025     ArgNum = 5;
2026     HasRC = true;
2027     break;
2028   }
2029 
2030   llvm::APSInt Result;
2031 
2032   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
2033   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
2034   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
2035     return false;
2036 
2037   // Check constant-ness first.
2038   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
2039     return true;
2040 
2041   // Make sure rounding mode is either ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION or ROUND_NO_EXC bit
2042   // is set. If the intrinsic has rounding control(bits 1:0), make sure its only
2043   // combined with ROUND_NO_EXC.
2044   if (Result == 4/*ROUND_CUR_DIRECTION*/ ||
2045       Result == 8/*ROUND_NO_EXC*/ ||
2046       (HasRC && Result.getZExtValue() >= 8 && Result.getZExtValue() <= 11))
2047     return false;
2048 
2049   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_rounding)
2050     << Arg->getSourceRange();
2051 }
2052 
2053 // Check if the gather/scatter scale is legal.
2054 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID,
2055                                              CallExpr *TheCall) {
2056   unsigned ArgNum = 0;
2057   switch (BuiltinID) {
2058   default:
2059     return false;
2060   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdpd:
2061   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdps:
2062   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqpd:
2063   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqps:
2064   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdpd:
2065   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdps:
2066   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqpd:
2067   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqps:
2068     ArgNum = 3;
2069     break;
2070   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_pd:
2071   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_pd256:
2072   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_pd:
2073   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_pd256:
2074   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_ps:
2075   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_ps256:
2076   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_ps:
2077   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_ps256:
2078   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_q:
2079   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_q256:
2080   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_q:
2081   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_q256:
2082   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_d:
2083   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherd_d256:
2084   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_d:
2085   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherq_d256:
2086   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div2df:
2087   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div2di:
2088   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4df:
2089   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4di:
2090   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4sf:
2091   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div4si:
2092   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div8sf:
2093   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3div8si:
2094   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv2df:
2095   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv2di:
2096   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4df:
2097   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4di:
2098   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4sf:
2099   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv4si:
2100   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv8sf:
2101   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gather3siv8si:
2102   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv8df:
2103   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv16sf:
2104   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv8df:
2105   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv16sf:
2106   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv8di:
2107   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gathersiv16si:
2108   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv8di:
2109   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherdiv16si:
2110   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv2df:
2111   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv2di:
2112   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4df:
2113   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4di:
2114   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4sf:
2115   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv4si:
2116   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8sf:
2117   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8si:
2118   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv2df:
2119   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv2di:
2120   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4df:
2121   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4di:
2122   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4sf:
2123   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv4si:
2124   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8sf:
2125   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8si:
2126   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8df:
2127   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv16sf:
2128   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8df:
2129   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv16sf:
2130   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv8di:
2131   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scattersiv16si:
2132   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv8di:
2133   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterdiv16si:
2134     ArgNum = 4;
2135     break;
2136   }
2137 
2138   llvm::APSInt Result;
2139 
2140   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
2141   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
2142   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
2143     return false;
2144 
2145   // Check constant-ness first.
2146   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
2147     return true;
2148 
2149   if (Result == 1 || Result == 2 || Result == 4 || Result == 8)
2150     return false;
2151 
2152   return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_x86_builtin_invalid_scale)
2153     << Arg->getSourceRange();
2154 }
2155 
2156 bool Sema::CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
2157   if (BuiltinID == X86::BI__builtin_cpu_supports)
2158     return SemaBuiltinCpuSupports(*this, TheCall);
2159 
2160   // If the intrinsic has rounding or SAE make sure its valid.
2161   if (CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2162     return true;
2163 
2164   // If the intrinsic has a gather/scatter scale immediate make sure its valid.
2165   if (CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2166     return true;
2167 
2168   // For intrinsics which take an immediate value as part of the instruction,
2169   // range check them here.
2170   int i = 0, l = 0, u = 0;
2171   switch (BuiltinID) {
2172   default:
2173     return false;
2174   case X86::BI_mm_prefetch:
2175     i = 1; l = 0; u = 3;
2176     break;
2177   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_sha1rnds4:
2178   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_256_mask:
2179   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_256_mask:
2180   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_256_mask:
2181   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_256_mask:
2182     i = 2; l = 0; u = 3;
2183     break;
2184   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd:
2185   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2pd256:
2186   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps:
2187   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpermil2ps256:
2188     i = 3; l = 0; u = 3;
2189     break;
2190   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb128_mask:
2191   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw128_mask:
2192   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd128_mask:
2193   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq128_mask:
2194   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb256_mask:
2195   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw256_mask:
2196   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd256_mask:
2197   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq256_mask:
2198   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpb512_mask:
2199   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpw512_mask:
2200   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpd512_mask:
2201   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpq512_mask:
2202   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb128_mask:
2203   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw128_mask:
2204   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd128_mask:
2205   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq128_mask:
2206   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb256_mask:
2207   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw256_mask:
2208   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd256_mask:
2209   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq256_mask:
2210   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpb512_mask:
2211   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpw512_mask:
2212   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpd512_mask:
2213   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_ucmpq512_mask:
2214   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomub:
2215   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuw:
2216   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomud:
2217   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomuq:
2218   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomb:
2219   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomw:
2220   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomd:
2221   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vpcomq:
2222     i = 2; l = 0; u = 7;
2223     break;
2224   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps:
2225   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd:
2226   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundps256:
2227   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundpd256:
2228     i = 1; l = 0; u = 15;
2229     break;
2230   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundss:
2231   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_roundsd:
2232   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd128_mask:
2233   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd256_mask:
2234   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangepd512_mask:
2235   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps128_mask:
2236   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps256_mask:
2237   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rangeps512_mask:
2238   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantsd_round_mask:
2239   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_getmantss_round_mask:
2240     i = 2; l = 0; u = 15;
2241     break;
2242   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps:
2243   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss:
2244   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd:
2245   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd:
2246   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256:
2247   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256:
2248   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps128_mask:
2249   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd128_mask:
2250   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps256_mask:
2251   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd256_mask:
2252   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpps512_mask:
2253   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmppd512_mask:
2254   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpsd_mask:
2255   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_cmpss_mask:
2256     i = 2; l = 0; u = 31;
2257     break;
2258   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_xabort:
2259     i = 0; l = -128; u = 255;
2260     break;
2261   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pshufw:
2262   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_aeskeygenassist128:
2263     i = 1; l = -128; u = 255;
2264     break;
2265   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph:
2266   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcvtps2ph256:
2267   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_128_mask:
2268   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_128_mask:
2269   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_256_mask:
2270   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_256_mask:
2271   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaleps_mask:
2272   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalepd_mask:
2273   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd128_mask:
2274   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd256_mask:
2275   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reducepd512_mask:
2276   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps128_mask:
2277   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps256_mask:
2278   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_reduceps512_mask:
2279   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold512_mask:
2280   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq512_mask:
2281   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold128_mask:
2282   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prold256_mask:
2283   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq128_mask:
2284   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prolq256_mask:
2285   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord128_mask:
2286   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prord256_mask:
2287   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq128_mask:
2288   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_prorq256_mask:
2289   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd128_mask:
2290   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd256_mask:
2291   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps128_mask:
2292   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps256_mask:
2293   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassps512_mask:
2294   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasspd512_mask:
2295   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclasssd_mask:
2296   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fpclassss_mask:
2297     i = 1; l = 0; u = 255;
2298     break;
2299   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr:
2300   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_insertps128:
2301   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps:
2302   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dppd:
2303   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dpps256:
2304   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw128:
2305   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_mpsadbw256:
2306   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrm128:
2307   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistri128:
2308   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistria128:
2309   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistric128:
2310   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistrio128:
2311   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistris128:
2312   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpistriz128:
2313   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pclmulqdq128:
2314   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_pd256:
2315   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_ps256:
2316   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vperm2f128_si256:
2317   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_permti256:
2318     i = 2; l = -128; u = 255;
2319     break;
2320   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr128:
2321   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr256:
2322   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_palignr512_mask:
2323   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomisd:
2324   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_vcomiss:
2325   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f32x4_mask:
2326   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_f64x2_mask:
2327   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i32x4_mask:
2328   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_shuf_i64x2_mask:
2329   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw128_mask:
2330   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw256_mask:
2331   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_dbpsadbw512_mask:
2332     i = 2; l = 0; u = 255;
2333     break;
2334   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_mask:
2335   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd512_maskz:
2336   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_mask:
2337   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps512_maskz:
2338   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_mask:
2339   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmsd_maskz:
2340   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_mask:
2341   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmss_maskz:
2342   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_mask:
2343   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd128_maskz:
2344   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_mask:
2345   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmpd256_maskz:
2346   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_mask:
2347   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps128_maskz:
2348   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_mask:
2349   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_fixupimmps256_maskz:
2350   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_mask:
2351   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd512_maskz:
2352   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_mask:
2353   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq512_maskz:
2354   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_mask:
2355   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd128_maskz:
2356   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_mask:
2357   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogd256_maskz:
2358   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_mask:
2359   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq128_maskz:
2360   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_mask:
2361   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pternlogq256_maskz:
2362     i = 3; l = 0; u = 255;
2363     break;
2364   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdpd:
2365   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfdps:
2366   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqpd:
2367   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_gatherpfqps:
2368   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdpd:
2369   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfdps:
2370   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqpd:
2371   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_scatterpfqps:
2372     i = 4; l = 2; u = 3;
2373     break;
2374   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrm128:
2375   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestri128:
2376   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestria128:
2377   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestric128:
2378   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestrio128:
2379   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestris128:
2380   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_pcmpestriz128:
2381     i = 4; l = -128; u = 255;
2382     break;
2383   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscalesd_round_mask:
2384   case X86::BI__builtin_ia32_rndscaless_round_mask:
2385     i = 4; l = 0; u = 255;
2386     break;
2387   }
2388   return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, l, u);
2389 }
2390 
2391 /// Given a FunctionDecl's FormatAttr, attempts to populate the FomatStringInfo
2392 /// parameter with the FormatAttr's correct format_idx and firstDataArg.
2393 /// Returns true when the format fits the function and the FormatStringInfo has
2394 /// been populated.
2395 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
2396                                FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
2397   FSI->HasVAListArg = Format->getFirstArg() == 0;
2398   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
2399   FSI->FirstDataArg = FSI->HasVAListArg ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
2400 
2401   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
2402   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
2403   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
2404   if (IsCXXMember) {
2405     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
2406       return false;
2407     --FSI->FormatIdx;
2408     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
2409       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
2410   }
2411   return true;
2412 }
2413 
2414 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
2415 ///
2416 /// \brief Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
2417 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
2418   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
2419   if (auto nullability
2420         = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2421     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
2422       return false;
2423   }
2424 
2425   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
2426   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
2427   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType()) {
2428     if (UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
2429       if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE =
2430           dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
2431         if (const InitListExpr *ILE =
2432             dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
2433           Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
2434   }
2435 
2436   bool Result;
2437   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
2438           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
2439           !Result);
2440 }
2441 
2442 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
2443                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
2444                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2445   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
2446     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
2447            S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
2448 }
2449 
2450 bool Sema::GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx) {
2451   FormatStringInfo FSI;
2452   if ((GetFormatStringType(Format) == FST_NSString) &&
2453       getFormatStringInfo(Format, false, &FSI)) {
2454     Idx = FSI.FormatIdx;
2455     return true;
2456   }
2457   return false;
2458 }
2459 /// \brief Diagnose use of %s directive in an NSString which is being passed
2460 /// as formatting string to formatting method.
2461 static void
2462 DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(Sema &S,
2463                                         const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2464                                         Expr **Args,
2465                                         unsigned NumArgs) {
2466   unsigned Idx = 0;
2467   bool Format = false;
2468   ObjCStringFormatFamily SFFamily = FDecl->getObjCFStringFormattingFamily();
2469   if (SFFamily == ObjCStringFormatFamily::SFF_CFString) {
2470     Idx = 2;
2471     Format = true;
2472   }
2473   else
2474     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2475       if (S.GetFormatNSStringIdx(I, Idx)) {
2476         Format = true;
2477         break;
2478       }
2479     }
2480   if (!Format || NumArgs <= Idx)
2481     return;
2482   const Expr *FormatExpr = Args[Idx];
2483   if (const CStyleCastExpr *CSCE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(FormatExpr))
2484     FormatExpr = CSCE->getSubExpr();
2485   const StringLiteral *FormatString;
2486   if (const ObjCStringLiteral *OSL =
2487       dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
2488     FormatString = OSL->getString();
2489   else
2490     FormatString = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2491   if (!FormatString)
2492     return;
2493   if (S.FormatStringHasSArg(FormatString)) {
2494     S.Diag(FormatExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_cdirective_format_string)
2495       << "%s" << 1 << 1;
2496     S.Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
2497       << FDecl->getDeclName();
2498   }
2499 }
2500 
2501 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
2502 static bool isNonNullType(ASTContext &ctx, QualType type) {
2503   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability(ctx))
2504     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
2505 
2506   return false;
2507 }
2508 
2509 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
2510                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
2511                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2512                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2513                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
2514   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
2515 
2516   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
2517   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
2518   if (FDecl) {
2519     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
2520     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
2521       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
2522         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
2523         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
2524           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
2525             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
2526         return;
2527       }
2528 
2529       for (unsigned Val : NonNull->args()) {
2530         if (Val >= Args.size())
2531           continue;
2532         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2533           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2534         NonNullArgs.set(Val);
2535       }
2536     }
2537   }
2538 
2539   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
2540     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
2541     // function/method.
2542     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
2543     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
2544       parms = FD->parameters();
2545     else
2546       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
2547 
2548     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
2549     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
2550          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
2551       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
2552       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() ||
2553           isNonNullType(S.Context, PVD->getType())) {
2554         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2555           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2556 
2557         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
2558       }
2559     }
2560   } else {
2561     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
2562     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
2563     if (!Proto) {
2564       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
2565         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2566         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
2567           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
2568         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
2569           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
2570         // FIXME: data member pointers?
2571 
2572         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
2573         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2574       }
2575     }
2576 
2577     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
2578     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
2579     if (Proto) {
2580       unsigned Index = 0;
2581       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
2582         if (isNonNullType(S.Context, paramType)) {
2583           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
2584             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
2585 
2586           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
2587         }
2588 
2589         ++Index;
2590       }
2591     }
2592   }
2593 
2594   // Check for non-null arguments.
2595   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
2596        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
2597     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
2598       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], CallSiteLoc);
2599   }
2600 }
2601 
2602 /// Handles the checks for format strings, non-POD arguments to vararg
2603 /// functions, NULL arguments passed to non-NULL parameters, and diagnose_if
2604 /// attributes.
2605 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2606                      const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2607                      bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
2608                      SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType) {
2609   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
2610   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
2611     return;
2612 
2613   // Printf and scanf checking.
2614   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
2615   if (FDecl) {
2616     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
2617       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
2618       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
2619 
2620       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
2621                            CheckedVarArgs);
2622     }
2623   }
2624 
2625   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
2626   // checks above.
2627   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FDecl);
2628   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply &&
2629       (!FD || FD->getBuiltinID() != Builtin::BI__noop)) {
2630     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
2631                        : FDecl && isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
2632                            ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
2633                        : FDecl && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
2634                            ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
2635                        : 0;
2636 
2637     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2638       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
2639       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
2640         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
2641           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
2642       }
2643     }
2644   }
2645 
2646   if (FDecl || Proto) {
2647     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
2648 
2649     // Type safety checking.
2650     if (FDecl) {
2651       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
2652         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args.data());
2653     }
2654   }
2655 
2656   if (FD)
2657     diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(FD, ThisArg, Args, Loc);
2658 }
2659 
2660 /// CheckConstructorCall - Check a constructor call for correctness and safety
2661 /// properties not enforced by the C type system.
2662 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2663                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
2664                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2665                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
2666   VariadicCallType CallType =
2667     Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2668   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true,
2669             Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
2670 }
2671 
2672 /// CheckFunctionCall - Check a direct function call for various correctness
2673 /// and safety properties not strictly enforced by the C type system.
2674 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2675                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2676   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
2677                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
2678   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
2679                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
2680   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
2681                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2682   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
2683   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
2684 
2685   Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr;
2686   if (IsMemberOperatorCall) {
2687     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first argument
2688     // from checkCall.
2689     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
2690     ImplicitThis = Args[0];
2691     ++Args;
2692     --NumArgs;
2693   } else if (IsMemberFunction)
2694     ImplicitThis =
2695         cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall)->getImplicitObjectArgument();
2696 
2697   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, ImplicitThis, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
2698             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2699             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2700 
2701   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
2702   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
2703   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
2704   if (!FnInfo)
2705     return false;
2706 
2707   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl);
2708   CheckMaxUnsignedZero(TheCall, FDecl);
2709 
2710   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
2711     DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(*this, FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
2712 
2713   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
2714   if (CMId == 0)
2715     return false;
2716 
2717   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
2718   if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcpy || CMId == Builtin::BIstrlcat)
2719     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2720   else if (CMId == Builtin::BIstrncat)
2721     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
2722   else
2723     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
2724 
2725   return false;
2726 }
2727 
2728 bool Sema::CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation lbrac,
2729                                ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
2730   VariadicCallType CallType =
2731       Method->isVariadic() ? VariadicMethod : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2732 
2733   checkCall(Method, nullptr, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, Args,
2734             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, lbrac, Method->getSourceRange(),
2735             CallType);
2736 
2737   return false;
2738 }
2739 
2740 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
2741                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2742   QualType Ty;
2743   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
2744     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2745   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
2746     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2747   else
2748     return false;
2749 
2750   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
2751       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
2752     return false;
2753 
2754   VariadicCallType CallType;
2755   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2756     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
2757   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
2758     CallType = VariadicBlock;
2759   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
2760     CallType = VariadicFunction;
2761   }
2762 
2763   checkCall(NDecl, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr,
2764             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2765             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2766             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2767 
2768   return false;
2769 }
2770 
2771 /// Checks function calls when a FunctionDecl or a NamedDecl is not available,
2772 /// such as function pointers returned from functions.
2773 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
2774   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
2775                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
2776   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr,
2777             llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
2778             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
2779             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
2780 
2781   return false;
2782 }
2783 
2784 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2785   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
2786     return false;
2787 
2788   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
2789   switch (Op) {
2790   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2791   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init:
2792     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
2793 
2794   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2795   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load:
2796   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2797   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2798     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
2799            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2800 
2801   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2802   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store:
2803   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2804   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2805     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
2806            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
2807            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
2808 
2809   default:
2810     return true;
2811   }
2812 }
2813 
2814 ExprResult Sema::SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
2815                                          AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
2816   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
2817   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
2818 
2819   // All the non-OpenCL operations take one of the following forms.
2820   // The OpenCL operations take the __c11 forms with one extra argument for
2821   // synchronization scope.
2822   enum {
2823     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
2824     Init,
2825     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
2826     Load,
2827     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
2828     LoadCopy,
2829     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
2830     Copy,
2831     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
2832     Arithmetic,
2833     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
2834     Xchg,
2835     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
2836     GNUXchg,
2837     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
2838     C11CmpXchg,
2839     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
2840     GNUCmpXchg
2841   } Form = Init;
2842   const unsigned NumForm = GNUCmpXchg + 1;
2843   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
2844   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
2845   // where:
2846   //   C is an appropriate type,
2847   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
2848   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
2849   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
2850   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
2851 
2852   static_assert(sizeof(NumArgs)/sizeof(NumArgs[0]) == NumForm
2853       && sizeof(NumVals)/sizeof(NumVals[0]) == NumForm,
2854       "need to update code for modified forms");
2855   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init == 0 &&
2856                     AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor + 1 ==
2857                         AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load,
2858                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
2859   bool IsOpenCL = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init &&
2860                   Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max;
2861   bool IsC11 = (Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init &&
2862                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor) ||
2863                IsOpenCL;
2864   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
2865              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
2866              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
2867              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n;
2868   bool IsAddSub = false;
2869 
2870   switch (Op) {
2871   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
2872   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init:
2873     Form = Init;
2874     break;
2875 
2876   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
2877   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load:
2878   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
2879     Form = Load;
2880     break;
2881 
2882   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
2883     Form = LoadCopy;
2884     break;
2885 
2886   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
2887   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store:
2888   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
2889   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
2890     Form = Copy;
2891     break;
2892 
2893   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
2894   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
2895   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_add:
2896   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_sub:
2897   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_min:
2898   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max:
2899   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
2900   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
2901   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
2902   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
2903     IsAddSub = true;
2904     // Fall through.
2905   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
2906   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
2907   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
2908   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_and:
2909   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_or:
2910   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_xor:
2911   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
2912   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
2913   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
2914   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
2915   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
2916   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
2917   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
2918   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
2919     Form = Arithmetic;
2920     break;
2921 
2922   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
2923   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_exchange:
2924   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
2925     Form = Xchg;
2926     break;
2927 
2928   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
2929     Form = GNUXchg;
2930     break;
2931 
2932   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2933   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2934   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
2935   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
2936     Form = C11CmpXchg;
2937     break;
2938 
2939   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
2940   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
2941     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
2942     break;
2943   }
2944 
2945   unsigned AdjustedNumArgs = NumArgs[Form];
2946   if (IsOpenCL && Op != AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init)
2947     ++AdjustedNumArgs;
2948   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
2949   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < AdjustedNumArgs) {
2950     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2951       << 0 << AdjustedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2952       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2953     return ExprError();
2954   } else if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > AdjustedNumArgs) {
2955     Diag(TheCall->getArg(AdjustedNumArgs)->getLocStart(),
2956          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2957       << 0 << AdjustedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
2958       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2959     return ExprError();
2960   }
2961 
2962   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
2963   Expr *Ptr = TheCall->getArg(0);
2964   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
2965   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
2966     return ExprError();
2967 
2968   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
2969   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
2970   if (!pointerType) {
2971     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
2972       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2973     return ExprError();
2974   }
2975 
2976   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
2977   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
2978   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
2979   if (IsC11) {
2980     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
2981       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
2982         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2983       return ExprError();
2984     }
2985     if (AtomTy.isConstQualified() ||
2986         AtomTy.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
2987       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
2988           << (AtomTy.isConstQualified() ? 0 : 1) << Ptr->getType()
2989           << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2990       return ExprError();
2991     }
2992     ValType = AtomTy->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
2993   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
2994     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
2995       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
2996         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
2997       return ExprError();
2998     }
2999   }
3000 
3001   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
3002   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
3003     // gcc does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do so for sanity.
3004     if (IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
3005       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
3006         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3007       return ExprError();
3008     }
3009     if (!IsAddSub && !ValType->isIntegerType()) {
3010       Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_bitwise_needs_atomic_int)
3011         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3012       return ExprError();
3013     }
3014     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
3015         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getLocStart(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
3016                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
3017       return ExprError();
3018     }
3019   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
3020     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
3021     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
3022     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
3023       << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3024     return ExprError();
3025   }
3026 
3027   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
3028       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
3029     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
3030     // the GNU atomics specification, but we enforce it for sanity.
3031     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
3032       << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3033     return ExprError();
3034   }
3035 
3036   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3037   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3038   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3039     // okay
3040     break;
3041 
3042   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3043   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3044   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3045     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
3046     // to be trivially copyable.
3047     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3048       << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3049     return ExprError();
3050   }
3051 
3052   // atomic_fetch_or takes a pointer to a volatile 'A'.  We shouldn't let the
3053   // volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself into the result or the
3054   // other operands. Similarly atomic_load can take a pointer to a const 'A'.
3055   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
3056   ValType.removeLocalConst();
3057   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3058   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg ||
3059       Form == Init)
3060     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3061   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
3062     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3063 
3064   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
3065   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
3066   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
3067   if (!IsC11 && !IsN)
3068     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
3069 
3070   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3071   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3072   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3073   for (unsigned i = 1; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
3074     QualType Ty;
3075     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
3076       switch (i) {
3077       case 1:
3078         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
3079         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
3080         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
3081         // by-value.
3082         assert(Form != Load);
3083         if (Form == Init || (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isIntegerType()))
3084           Ty = ValType;
3085         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg)
3086           Ty = ByValType;
3087         else if (Form == Arithmetic)
3088           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
3089         else {
3090           Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(i);
3091           // Treat this argument as _Nonnull as we want to show a warning if
3092           // NULL is passed into it.
3093           CheckNonNullArgument(*this, ValArg, DRE->getLocStart());
3094           unsigned AS = 0;
3095           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
3096           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
3097                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3098             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
3099           }
3100           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
3101               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
3102         }
3103         break;
3104       case 2:
3105         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is a
3106         // (pointer to a) desired value.
3107         Ty = ByValType;
3108         break;
3109       case 3:
3110         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
3111         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
3112         break;
3113       }
3114     } else {
3115       // The order(s) and scope are always converted to int.
3116       Ty = Context.IntTy;
3117     }
3118 
3119     InitializedEntity Entity =
3120         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
3121     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
3122     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3123     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3124       return true;
3125     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
3126   }
3127 
3128   Expr *Scope;
3129   if (Form != Init) {
3130     if (IsOpenCL) {
3131       Scope = TheCall->getArg(TheCall->getNumArgs() - 1);
3132       llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3133       if (!Scope->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
3134         Diag(Scope->getLocStart(),
3135              diag::err_atomic_op_has_non_constant_synch_scope)
3136             << Scope->getSourceRange();
3137       else if (!isValidSyncScopeValue(Result.getZExtValue()))
3138         Diag(Scope->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_op_has_invalid_synch_scope)
3139             << Scope->getSourceRange();
3140     } else {
3141       Scope = IntegerLiteral::Create(
3142           Context,
3143           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy),
3144                       static_cast<unsigned>(SyncScope::OpenCLAllSVMDevices)),
3145           Context.IntTy, SourceLocation());
3146     }
3147   }
3148 
3149   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
3150   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
3151   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
3152   switch (Form) {
3153   case Init:
3154     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
3155     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3156     break;
3157   case Load:
3158     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Order
3159     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);              // Scope
3160     break;
3161   case LoadCopy:
3162   case Copy:
3163   case Arithmetic:
3164   case Xchg:
3165     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Order
3166     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);              // Scope
3167     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3168     break;
3169   case GNUXchg:
3170     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
3171     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
3172     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);              // Scope
3173     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3174     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
3175     break;
3176   case C11CmpXchg:
3177     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Order
3178     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);              // Scope
3179     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3180     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // OrderFail
3181     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
3182     break;
3183   case GNUCmpXchg:
3184     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(4)); // Order
3185     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);              // Scope
3186     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(1)); // Val1
3187     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(5)); // OrderFail
3188     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(2)); // Val2
3189     SubExprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(3)); // Weak
3190     break;
3191   }
3192 
3193   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
3194     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
3195     if (SubExprs[1]->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context) &&
3196         !isValidOrderingForOp(Result.getSExtValue(), Op))
3197       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getLocStart(),
3198            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
3199           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
3200   }
3201 
3202   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context) AtomicExpr(TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
3203                                             SubExprs, ResultType, Op,
3204                                             TheCall->getRParenLoc());
3205 
3206   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
3207        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store ||
3208        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load ||
3209        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store ) &&
3210       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
3211     Diag(AE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib)
3212         << ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
3213             Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load)
3214                 ? 0 : 1);
3215 
3216   return AE;
3217 }
3218 
3219 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
3220 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
3221 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
3222 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
3223 /// them.
3224 ///
3225 /// Returns true on error.
3226 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
3227   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
3228   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
3229 
3230   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
3231   InitializedEntity Entity =
3232     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
3233 
3234   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(0);
3235   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3236   if (Arg.isInvalid())
3237     return true;
3238 
3239   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
3240   return false;
3241 }
3242 
3243 /// SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded - We have a call to a function like
3244 /// __sync_fetch_and_add, which is an overloaded function based on the pointer
3245 /// type of its first argument.  The main ActOnCallExpr routines have already
3246 /// promoted the types of arguments because all of these calls are prototyped as
3247 /// void(...).
3248 ///
3249 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3250 /// builtins,
3251 ExprResult
3252 Sema::SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3253   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3254   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3255   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3256 
3257   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
3258   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
3259     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3260       << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3261       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3262     return ExprError();
3263   }
3264 
3265   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
3266   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
3267   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3268   // casts here.
3269   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
3270   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3271   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
3272   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
3273     return ExprError();
3274   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
3275   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
3276 
3277   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3278   if (!pointerType) {
3279     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3280       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3281     return ExprError();
3282   }
3283 
3284   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3285   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3286       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3287     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
3288       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3289     return ExprError();
3290   }
3291 
3292   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3293   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3294   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3295     // okay
3296     break;
3297 
3298   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3299   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3300   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3301     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3302       << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3303     return ExprError();
3304   }
3305 
3306   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3307   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3308 
3309   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
3310   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
3311   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3312 
3313   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
3314   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
3315   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
3316 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
3317   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
3318     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
3319 
3320   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
3321     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
3322     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
3323     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
3324     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
3325     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
3326     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
3327 
3328     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
3329     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
3330     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
3331     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
3332     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
3333     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
3334 
3335     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
3336     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
3337     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
3338     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
3339     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
3340   };
3341 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
3342 
3343   // Determine the index of the size.
3344   unsigned SizeIndex;
3345   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
3346   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
3347   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
3348   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
3349   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
3350   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
3351   default:
3352     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
3353       << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
3354     return ExprError();
3355   }
3356 
3357   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
3358   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
3359   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
3360   // as the number of fixed args.
3361   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3362   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
3363   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
3364   switch (BuiltinID) {
3365   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
3366   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
3367   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
3368   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
3369   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
3370   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
3371   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
3372     BuiltinIndex = 0;
3373     break;
3374 
3375   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
3376   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
3377   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
3378   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
3379   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
3380   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
3381     BuiltinIndex = 1;
3382     break;
3383 
3384   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
3385   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
3386   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
3387   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
3388   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
3389   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
3390     BuiltinIndex = 2;
3391     break;
3392 
3393   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
3394   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
3395   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
3396   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
3397   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
3398   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
3399     BuiltinIndex = 3;
3400     break;
3401 
3402   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
3403   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
3404   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
3405   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
3406   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
3407   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
3408     BuiltinIndex = 4;
3409     break;
3410 
3411   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
3412   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
3413   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
3414   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
3415   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
3416   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
3417     BuiltinIndex = 5;
3418     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3419     break;
3420 
3421   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
3422   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
3423   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
3424   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
3425   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
3426   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
3427     BuiltinIndex = 6;
3428     break;
3429 
3430   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
3431   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
3432   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
3433   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
3434   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
3435   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
3436     BuiltinIndex = 7;
3437     break;
3438 
3439   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
3440   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
3441   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
3442   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
3443   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
3444   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
3445     BuiltinIndex = 8;
3446     break;
3447 
3448   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
3449   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
3450   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
3451   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
3452   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
3453   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
3454     BuiltinIndex = 9;
3455     break;
3456 
3457   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
3458   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
3459   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
3460   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
3461   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
3462   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
3463     BuiltinIndex = 10;
3464     break;
3465 
3466   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
3467   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
3468   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
3469   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
3470   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
3471   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
3472     BuiltinIndex = 11;
3473     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
3474     break;
3475 
3476   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
3477   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
3478   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
3479   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
3480   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
3481   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
3482     BuiltinIndex = 12;
3483     NumFixed = 2;
3484     break;
3485 
3486   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
3487   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
3488   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
3489   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
3490   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
3491   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
3492     BuiltinIndex = 13;
3493     NumFixed = 2;
3494     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
3495     break;
3496 
3497   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
3498   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
3499   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
3500   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
3501   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
3502   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
3503     BuiltinIndex = 14;
3504     break;
3505 
3506   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
3507   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
3508   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
3509   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
3510   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
3511   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
3512     BuiltinIndex = 15;
3513     NumFixed = 0;
3514     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
3515     break;
3516 
3517   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
3518   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
3519   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
3520   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
3521   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
3522   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
3523     BuiltinIndex = 16;
3524     break;
3525   }
3526 
3527   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
3528   // have at least that many.
3529   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
3530     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3531       << 0 << 1+NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3532       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3533     return ExprError();
3534   }
3535 
3536   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
3537     Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
3538       << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
3539   }
3540 
3541   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
3542   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
3543   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
3544   const char *NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
3545   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
3546   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
3547     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
3548   else {
3549     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
3550     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
3551     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getLocStart(), LookupOrdinaryName);
3552     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
3553     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
3554     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
3555     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
3556       return ExprError();
3557   }
3558 
3559   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
3560   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
3561   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
3562   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
3563     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
3564 
3565     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
3566     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
3567     // Initialize the argument.
3568     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3569                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3570     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
3571     if (Arg.isInvalid())
3572       return ExprError();
3573 
3574     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
3575     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
3576     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
3577     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
3578     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
3579     // FIXME: Do this check.
3580     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
3581   }
3582 
3583   ASTContext& Context = this->getASTContext();
3584 
3585   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
3586   DeclRefExpr* NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3587       Context,
3588       DRE->getQualifierLoc(),
3589       SourceLocation(),
3590       NewBuiltinDecl,
3591       /*enclosing*/ false,
3592       DRE->getLocation(),
3593       Context.BuiltinFnTy,
3594       DRE->getValueKind());
3595 
3596   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
3597   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
3598   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
3599   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
3600                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
3601   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
3602 
3603   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
3604   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
3605   // gracefully.
3606   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
3607 
3608   return TheCallResult;
3609 }
3610 
3611 /// SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded - We have a call to
3612 /// __builtin_nontemporal_store or __builtin_nontemporal_load, which is an
3613 /// overloaded function based on the pointer type of its last argument.
3614 ///
3615 /// This function goes through and does final semantic checking for these
3616 /// builtins.
3617 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
3618   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
3619   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
3620       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3621   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
3622   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
3623   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
3624           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
3625          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
3626   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
3627   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
3628 
3629   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
3630   if (checkArgCount(*this, TheCall, numArgs))
3631     return ExprError();
3632 
3633   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
3634   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
3635   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
3636   // casts here.
3637   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
3638   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
3639       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
3640 
3641   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
3642     return ExprError();
3643   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
3644   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
3645 
3646   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3647   if (!pointerType) {
3648     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3649         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3650     return ExprError();
3651   }
3652 
3653   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3654 
3655   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
3656   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
3657   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
3658       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
3659       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
3660     Diag(DRE->getLocStart(),
3661          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
3662         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
3663     return ExprError();
3664   }
3665 
3666   if (!isStore) {
3667     TheCall->setType(ValType);
3668     return TheCallResult;
3669   }
3670 
3671   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
3672   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
3673       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
3674   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
3675   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
3676     return ExprError();
3677 
3678   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
3679   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3680   return TheCallResult;
3681 }
3682 
3683 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the argument to the builtin
3684 /// CFString constructor is correct
3685 /// Note: It might also make sense to do the UTF-16 conversion here (would
3686 /// simplify the backend).
3687 bool Sema::CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg) {
3688   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3689   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3690 
3691   if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) {
3692     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_cfstring_literal_not_string_constant)
3693       << Arg->getSourceRange();
3694     return true;
3695   }
3696 
3697   if (Literal->containsNonAsciiOrNull()) {
3698     StringRef String = Literal->getString();
3699     unsigned NumBytes = String.size();
3700     SmallVector<llvm::UTF16, 128> ToBuf(NumBytes);
3701     const llvm::UTF8 *FromPtr = (const llvm::UTF8 *)String.data();
3702     llvm::UTF16 *ToPtr = &ToBuf[0];
3703 
3704     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
3705         llvm::ConvertUTF8toUTF16(&FromPtr, FromPtr + NumBytes, &ToPtr,
3706                                  ToPtr + NumBytes, llvm::strictConversion);
3707     // Check for conversion failure.
3708     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK)
3709       Diag(Arg->getLocStart(),
3710            diag::warn_cfstring_truncated) << Arg->getSourceRange();
3711   }
3712   return false;
3713 }
3714 
3715 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the format string argument to the os_log()
3716 /// and os_trace() functions is correct, and converts it to const char *.
3717 ExprResult Sema::CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg) {
3718   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
3719   auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
3720   if (!Literal) {
3721     if (auto *ObjcLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(Arg)) {
3722       Literal = ObjcLiteral->getString();
3723     }
3724   }
3725 
3726   if (!Literal || (!Literal->isAscii() && !Literal->isUTF8())) {
3727     return ExprError(
3728         Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_os_log_format_not_string_constant)
3729         << Arg->getSourceRange());
3730   }
3731 
3732   ExprResult Result(Literal);
3733   QualType ResultTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
3734   InitializedEntity Entity =
3735       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ResultTy, false);
3736   Result = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Result);
3737   return Result;
3738 }
3739 
3740 /// Check that the user is calling the appropriate va_start builtin for the
3741 /// target and calling convention.
3742 static bool checkVAStartABI(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID, Expr *Fn) {
3743   const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
3744   bool IsX64 = TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64;
3745   bool IsAArch64 = TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64;
3746   bool IsWindows = TT.isOSWindows();
3747   bool IsMSVAStart = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ms_va_start;
3748   if (IsX64 || IsAArch64) {
3749     clang::CallingConv CC = CC_C;
3750     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = S.getCurFunctionDecl())
3751       CC = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
3752     if (IsMSVAStart) {
3753       // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3754       if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV || (!IsWindows && CC != CC_Win64))
3755         return S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3756                       diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
3757     } else {
3758       // On x86-64/AArch64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
3759       // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
3760       // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
3761       // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
3762       if ((IsWindows && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
3763           (!IsWindows && CC == CC_Win64))
3764         return S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3765                       diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
3766                << !IsWindows;
3767     }
3768     return false;
3769   }
3770 
3771   if (IsMSVAStart)
3772     return S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_x64_aarch64_only);
3773   return false;
3774 }
3775 
3776 static bool checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
3777                                              ParmVarDecl **LastParam = nullptr) {
3778   // Determine whether the current function, block, or obj-c method is variadic
3779   // and get its parameter list.
3780   bool IsVariadic = false;
3781   ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params;
3782   DeclContext *Caller = S.CurContext;
3783   if (auto *Block = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(Caller)) {
3784     IsVariadic = Block->isVariadic();
3785     Params = Block->parameters();
3786   } else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Caller)) {
3787     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
3788     Params = FD->parameters();
3789   } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Caller)) {
3790     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
3791     // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
3792     Params = MD->parameters();
3793   } else if (isa<CapturedDecl>(Caller)) {
3794     // We don't support va_start in a CapturedDecl.
3795     S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_captured_stmt);
3796     return true;
3797   } else {
3798     // This must be some other declcontext that parses exprs.
3799     S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_outside_function);
3800     return true;
3801   }
3802 
3803   if (!IsVariadic) {
3804     S.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_va_start_fixed_function);
3805     return true;
3806   }
3807 
3808   if (LastParam)
3809     *LastParam = Params.empty() ? nullptr : Params.back();
3810 
3811   return false;
3812 }
3813 
3814 /// Check the arguments to '__builtin_va_start' or '__builtin_ms_va_start'
3815 /// for validity.  Emit an error and return true on failure; return false
3816 /// on success.
3817 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
3818   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
3819 
3820   if (checkVAStartABI(*this, BuiltinID, Fn))
3821     return true;
3822 
3823   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2) {
3824     Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3825          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3826       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3827       << Fn->getSourceRange()
3828       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3829                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3830     return true;
3831   }
3832 
3833   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2) {
3834     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
3835       diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3836       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs();
3837   }
3838 
3839   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3840   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
3841     return true;
3842 
3843   // Check that the current function is variadic, and get its last parameter.
3844   ParmVarDecl *LastParam;
3845   if (checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(*this, Fn, &LastParam))
3846     return true;
3847 
3848   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
3849   // current function or method.
3850   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
3851   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
3852 
3853   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
3854   // block.
3855   QualType Type;
3856   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
3857   bool IsCRegister = false;
3858 
3859   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
3860     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
3861       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastParam;
3862 
3863       Type = PV->getType();
3864       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
3865       IsCRegister =
3866           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3867     }
3868   }
3869 
3870   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
3871     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
3872          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
3873   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
3874            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
3875              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
3876              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
3877              if (!Type->isPromotableIntegerType())
3878                return false;
3879              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
3880                return true;
3881              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
3882              return !(ED &&
3883                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
3884            }()) {
3885     unsigned Reason = 0;
3886     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
3887     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
3888     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
3889     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
3890   }
3891 
3892   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
3893   return false;
3894 }
3895 
3896 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call) {
3897   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
3898   //                 const char *named_addr);
3899 
3900   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
3901 
3902   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
3903     return Diag(Call->getLocEnd(),
3904                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3905            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs();
3906 
3907   // Type-check the first argument normally.
3908   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
3909     return true;
3910 
3911   // Check that the current function is variadic.
3912   if (checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(*this, Func))
3913     return true;
3914 
3915   const struct {
3916     unsigned ArgNo;
3917     QualType Type;
3918   } ArgumentTypes[] = {
3919     { 1, Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst()) },
3920     { 2, Context.getSizeType() },
3921   };
3922 
3923   for (const auto &AT : ArgumentTypes) {
3924     const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(AT.ArgNo)->IgnoreParens();
3925     if (Arg->getType().getCanonicalType() == AT.Type.getCanonicalType())
3926       continue;
3927     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
3928       << Arg->getType() << AT.Type << 1 /* different class */
3929       << 0 /* qualifier difference */ << 3 /* parameter mismatch */
3930       << AT.ArgNo + 1 << Arg->getType() << AT.Type;
3931   }
3932 
3933   return false;
3934 }
3935 
3936 /// SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare - Handle functions like __builtin_isgreater and
3937 /// friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
3938 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall) {
3939   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
3940     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3941       << 0 << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3942   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 2)
3943     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3944                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3945       << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3946       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
3947                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3948 
3949   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
3950   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
3951 
3952   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
3953   // type.
3954   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(OrigArg0, OrigArg1, false);
3955   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
3956     return true;
3957 
3958   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
3959   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
3960   // foo(...)".
3961   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
3962   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
3963 
3964   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
3965     return false;
3966 
3967   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
3968   // invalid for this operation.
3969   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
3970     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(),
3971                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
3972       << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
3973       << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getLocStart(), OrigArg1.get()->getLocEnd());
3974 
3975   return false;
3976 }
3977 
3978 /// SemaBuiltinSemaBuiltinFPClassification - Handle functions like
3979 /// __builtin_isnan and friends.  This is declared to take (...), so we have
3980 /// to check everything. We expect the last argument to be a floating point
3981 /// value.
3982 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs) {
3983   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < NumArgs)
3984     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3985       << 0 << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()/*function call*/;
3986   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > NumArgs)
3987     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3988                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3989       << 0 /*function call*/ << NumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
3990       << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(NumArgs)->getLocStart(),
3991                      (*(TheCall->arg_end()-1))->getLocEnd());
3992 
3993   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(NumArgs-1);
3994 
3995   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
3996     return false;
3997 
3998   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
3999   if (!OrigArg->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
4000     return Diag(OrigArg->getLocStart(),
4001                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
4002       << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
4003 
4004   // If this is an implicit conversion from float -> float or double, remove it.
4005   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(OrigArg)) {
4006     // Only remove standard FloatCasts, leaving other casts inplace
4007     if (Cast->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
4008       Expr *CastArg = Cast->getSubExpr();
4009       if (CastArg->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
4010           assert((Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4011                   Cast->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) &&
4012                "promotion from float to either float or double is the only expected cast here");
4013         Cast->setSubExpr(nullptr);
4014         TheCall->setArg(NumArgs-1, CastArg);
4015       }
4016     }
4017   }
4018 
4019   return false;
4020 }
4021 
4022 // Customized Sema Checking for VSX builtins that have the following signature:
4023 // vector [...] builtinName(vector [...], vector [...], const int);
4024 // Which takes the same type of vectors (any legal vector type) for the first
4025 // two arguments and takes compile time constant for the third argument.
4026 // Example builtins are :
4027 // vector double vec_xxpermdi(vector double, vector double, int);
4028 // vector short vec_xxsldwi(vector short, vector short, int);
4029 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4030   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs = 3;
4031   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
4032     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4033                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4034            << 0 /*function call*/ <<  ExpectedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
4035            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4036 
4037   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > ExpectedNumArgs)
4038     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4039                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4040            << 0 /*function call*/ << ExpectedNumArgs << TheCall->getNumArgs()
4041            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4042 
4043   // Check the third argument is a compile time constant
4044   llvm::APSInt Value;
4045   if(!TheCall->getArg(2)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context))
4046     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4047                 diag::err_vsx_builtin_nonconstant_argument)
4048            << 3 /* argument index */ << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4049            << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocStart(),
4050                           TheCall->getArg(2)->getLocEnd());
4051 
4052   QualType Arg1Ty = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
4053   QualType Arg2Ty = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
4054 
4055   // Check the type of argument 1 and argument 2 are vectors.
4056   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = TheCall->getLocStart();
4057   if ((!Arg1Ty->isVectorType() && !Arg1Ty->isDependentType()) ||
4058       (!Arg2Ty->isVectorType() && !Arg2Ty->isDependentType())) {
4059     return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_vec_builtin_non_vector)
4060            << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4061            << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4062                           TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
4063   }
4064 
4065   // Check the first two arguments are the same type.
4066   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Arg1Ty, Arg2Ty)) {
4067     return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
4068            << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4069            << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4070                           TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd());
4071   }
4072 
4073   // When default clang type checking is turned off and the customized type
4074   // checking is used, the returning type of the function must be explicitly
4075   // set. Otherwise it is _Bool by default.
4076   TheCall->setType(Arg1Ty);
4077 
4078   return false;
4079 }
4080 
4081 /// SemaBuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
4082 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
4083 ExprResult Sema::SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4084   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
4085     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4086                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4087                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
4088                      << TheCall->getSourceRange());
4089 
4090   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
4091   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
4092   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
4093   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
4094   unsigned numElements = 0;
4095 
4096   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
4097       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
4098     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
4099     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
4100 
4101     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
4102       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4103                             diag::err_vec_builtin_non_vector)
4104                        << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4105                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4106                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
4107 
4108     numElements = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4109     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
4110 
4111     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
4112     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
4113     // same number of elts as lhs.
4114     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
4115       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
4116           RHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
4117         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4118                               diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
4119                          << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4120                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocStart(),
4121                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
4122     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
4123       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4124                             diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
4125                        << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
4126                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getLocStart(),
4127                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getLocEnd()));
4128     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
4129       QualType eltType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4130       resType = Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements,
4131                                       VectorType::GenericVector);
4132     }
4133   }
4134 
4135   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
4136     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
4137         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
4138       continue;
4139 
4140     llvm::APSInt Result(32);
4141     if (!TheCall->getArg(i)->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4142       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4143                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
4144                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
4145 
4146     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
4147     if (Result.isSigned() && Result.isAllOnesValue())
4148       continue;
4149 
4150     if (Result.getActiveBits() > 64 || Result.getZExtValue() >= numElements*2)
4151       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4152                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
4153                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
4154   }
4155 
4156   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
4157 
4158   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
4159     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
4160     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
4161   }
4162 
4163   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
4164                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getLocStart(),
4165                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
4166 }
4167 
4168 /// SemaConvertVectorExpr - Handle __builtin_convertvector
4169 ExprResult Sema::SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4170                                        SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4171                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4172   ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
4173   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4174   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
4175   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
4176 
4177   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
4178     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4179                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
4180                      << E->getSourceRange());
4181   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
4182     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4183                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector_type));
4184 
4185   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
4186     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4187     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4188     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
4189       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
4190                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
4191                        << E->getSourceRange());
4192   }
4193 
4194   return new (Context)
4195       ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4196 }
4197 
4198 /// SemaBuiltinPrefetch - Handle __builtin_prefetch.
4199 // This is declared to take (const void*, ...) and can take two
4200 // optional constant int args.
4201 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4202   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4203 
4204   if (NumArgs > 3)
4205     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4206              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4207              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
4208              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4209 
4210   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
4211   // constant integers.
4212   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
4213     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
4214       return true;
4215 
4216   return false;
4217 }
4218 
4219 /// SemaBuiltinAssume - Handle __assume (MS Extension).
4220 // __assume does not evaluate its arguments, and should warn if its argument
4221 // has side effects.
4222 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4223   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
4224   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
4225 
4226   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
4227     Diag(Arg->getLocStart(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
4228       << Arg->getSourceRange()
4229       << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
4230 
4231   return false;
4232 }
4233 
4234 /// Handle __builtin_alloca_with_align. This is declared
4235 /// as (size_t, size_t) where the second size_t must be a power of 2 greater
4236 /// than 8.
4237 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4238   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
4239   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4240 
4241   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4242   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
4243     if (const auto *UE =
4244             dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4245       if (UE->getKind() == UETT_AlignOf)
4246         Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::warn_alloca_align_alignof)
4247           << Arg->getSourceRange();
4248 
4249     llvm::APSInt Result = Arg->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
4250 
4251     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
4252       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4253                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
4254            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4255 
4256     if (Result < Context.getCharWidth())
4257       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_small)
4258            << (unsigned)Context.getCharWidth()
4259            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4260 
4261     if (Result > INT32_MAX)
4262       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_alignment_too_big)
4263            << INT32_MAX
4264            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4265   }
4266 
4267   return false;
4268 }
4269 
4270 /// Handle __builtin_assume_aligned. This is declared
4271 /// as (const void*, size_t, ...) and can take one optional constant int arg.
4272 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4273   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4274 
4275   if (NumArgs > 3)
4276     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4277              diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4278              << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs
4279              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4280 
4281   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
4282   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4283 
4284   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4285   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
4286     llvm::APSInt Result;
4287     if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4288       return true;
4289 
4290     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
4291       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(),
4292                   diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
4293            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4294   }
4295 
4296   if (NumArgs > 2) {
4297     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(2));
4298     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
4299       Context.getSizeType(), false);
4300     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4301     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
4302     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
4303   }
4304 
4305   return false;
4306 }
4307 
4308 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4309   unsigned BuiltinID =
4310       cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getBuiltinID();
4311   bool IsSizeCall = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size;
4312 
4313   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
4314   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = IsSizeCall ? 1 : 2;
4315   if (NumArgs < NumRequiredArgs) {
4316     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4317            << 0 /* function call */ << NumRequiredArgs << NumArgs
4318            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4319   }
4320   if (NumArgs >= NumRequiredArgs + 0x100) {
4321     return Diag(TheCall->getLocEnd(),
4322                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
4323            << 0 /* function call */ << (NumRequiredArgs + 0xff) << NumArgs
4324            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4325   }
4326   unsigned i = 0;
4327 
4328   // For formatting call, check buffer arg.
4329   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4330     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4331     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4332         Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, false);
4333     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4334     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4335       return true;
4336     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4337     i++;
4338   }
4339 
4340   // Check string literal arg.
4341   unsigned FormatIdx = i;
4342   {
4343     ExprResult Arg = CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(TheCall->getArg(i));
4344     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4345       return true;
4346     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4347     i++;
4348   }
4349 
4350   // Make sure variadic args are scalar.
4351   unsigned FirstDataArg = i;
4352   while (i < NumArgs) {
4353     ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(
4354         TheCall->getArg(i), VariadicFunction, nullptr);
4355     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4356       return true;
4357     CharUnits ArgSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Arg.get()->getType());
4358     if (ArgSize.getQuantity() >= 0x100) {
4359       return Diag(Arg.get()->getLocEnd(), diag::err_os_log_argument_too_big)
4360              << i << (int)ArgSize.getQuantity() << 0xff
4361              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4362     }
4363     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
4364     i++;
4365   }
4366 
4367   // Check formatting specifiers. NOTE: We're only doing this for the non-size
4368   // call to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
4369   if (!IsSizeCall) {
4370     llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs(NumArgs, false);
4371     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
4372     bool Success = CheckFormatArguments(
4373         Args, /*HasVAListArg*/ false, FormatIdx, FirstDataArg, FST_OSLog,
4374         VariadicFunction, TheCall->getLocStart(), SourceRange(),
4375         CheckedVarArgs);
4376     if (!Success)
4377       return true;
4378   }
4379 
4380   if (IsSizeCall) {
4381     TheCall->setType(Context.getSizeType());
4382   } else {
4383     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
4384   }
4385   return false;
4386 }
4387 
4388 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4389 /// TheCall is a constant expression.
4390 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4391                                   llvm::APSInt &Result) {
4392   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4393   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
4394   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4395 
4396   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
4397 
4398   if (!Arg->isIntegerConstantExpr(Result, Context))
4399     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
4400                 << FDecl->getDeclName() <<  Arg->getSourceRange();
4401 
4402   return false;
4403 }
4404 
4405 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4406 /// TheCall is a constant expression in the range [Low, High].
4407 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4408                                        int Low, int High) {
4409   llvm::APSInt Result;
4410 
4411   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4412   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4413   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4414     return false;
4415 
4416   // Check constant-ness first.
4417   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4418     return true;
4419 
4420   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High)
4421     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
4422       << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
4423 
4424   return false;
4425 }
4426 
4427 /// SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4428 /// TheCall is a constant expression is a multiple of Num..
4429 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
4430                                           unsigned Num) {
4431   llvm::APSInt Result;
4432 
4433   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4434   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4435   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4436     return false;
4437 
4438   // Check constant-ness first.
4439   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
4440     return true;
4441 
4442   if (Result.getSExtValue() % Num != 0)
4443     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_argument_not_multiple)
4444       << Num << Arg->getSourceRange();
4445 
4446   return false;
4447 }
4448 
4449 /// SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg - Handle a check if argument ArgNum of CallExpr
4450 /// TheCall is an ARM/AArch64 special register string literal.
4451 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
4452                                     int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
4453                                     bool AllowName) {
4454   bool IsARMBuiltin = BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4455                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4456                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4457                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4458                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4459                       BuiltinID == ARM::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4460   bool IsAArch64Builtin = BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr64 ||
4461                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr64 ||
4462                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsr ||
4463                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_rsrp ||
4464                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsr ||
4465                           BuiltinID == AArch64::BI__builtin_arm_wsrp;
4466   assert((IsARMBuiltin || IsAArch64Builtin) && "Unexpected ARM builtin.");
4467 
4468   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
4469   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
4470   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
4471     return false;
4472 
4473   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
4474   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
4475     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
4476            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4477 
4478   // Check the type of special register given.
4479   StringRef Reg = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())->getString();
4480   SmallVector<StringRef, 6> Fields;
4481   Reg.split(Fields, ":");
4482 
4483   if (Fields.size() != ExpectedFieldNum && !(AllowName && Fields.size() == 1))
4484     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4485            << Arg->getSourceRange();
4486 
4487   // If the string is the name of a register then we cannot check that it is
4488   // valid here but if the string is of one the forms described in ACLE then we
4489   // can check that the supplied fields are integers and within the valid
4490   // ranges.
4491   if (Fields.size() > 1) {
4492     bool FiveFields = Fields.size() == 5;
4493 
4494     bool ValidString = true;
4495     if (IsARMBuiltin) {
4496       ValidString &= Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ||
4497                      Fields[0].startswith_lower("p");
4498       if (ValidString)
4499         Fields[0] =
4500           Fields[0].drop_front(Fields[0].startswith_lower("cp") ? 2 : 1);
4501 
4502       ValidString &= Fields[2].startswith_lower("c");
4503       if (ValidString)
4504         Fields[2] = Fields[2].drop_front(1);
4505 
4506       if (FiveFields) {
4507         ValidString &= Fields[3].startswith_lower("c");
4508         if (ValidString)
4509           Fields[3] = Fields[3].drop_front(1);
4510       }
4511     }
4512 
4513     SmallVector<int, 5> Ranges;
4514     if (FiveFields)
4515       Ranges.append({IsAArch64Builtin ? 1 : 15, 7, 15, 15, 7});
4516     else
4517       Ranges.append({15, 7, 15});
4518 
4519     for (unsigned i=0; i<Fields.size(); ++i) {
4520       int IntField;
4521       ValidString &= !Fields[i].getAsInteger(10, IntField);
4522       ValidString &= (IntField >= 0 && IntField <= Ranges[i]);
4523     }
4524 
4525     if (!ValidString)
4526       return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_arm_invalid_specialreg)
4527              << Arg->getSourceRange();
4528 
4529   } else if (IsAArch64Builtin && Fields.size() == 1) {
4530     // If the register name is one of those that appear in the condition below
4531     // and the special register builtin being used is one of the write builtins,
4532     // then we require that the argument provided for writing to the register
4533     // is an integer constant expression. This is because it will be lowered to
4534     // an MSR (immediate) instruction, so we need to know the immediate at
4535     // compile time.
4536     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 2)
4537       return false;
4538 
4539     std::string RegLower = Reg.lower();
4540     if (RegLower != "spsel" && RegLower != "daifset" && RegLower != "daifclr" &&
4541         RegLower != "pan" && RegLower != "uao")
4542       return false;
4543 
4544     return SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 15);
4545   }
4546 
4547   return false;
4548 }
4549 
4550 /// SemaBuiltinLongjmp - Handle __builtin_longjmp(void *env[5], int val).
4551 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_longjmp and
4552 /// that val is a constant 1.
4553 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4554   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4555     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
4556              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4557 
4558   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
4559   llvm::APSInt Result;
4560 
4561   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
4562   if (SemaBuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
4563     return true;
4564 
4565   if (Result != 1)
4566     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
4567              << SourceRange(Arg->getLocStart(), Arg->getLocEnd());
4568 
4569   return false;
4570 }
4571 
4572 /// SemaBuiltinSetjmp - Handle __builtin_setjmp(void *env[5]).
4573 /// This checks that the target supports __builtin_setjmp.
4574 bool Sema::SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
4575   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
4576     return Diag(TheCall->getLocStart(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
4577              << SourceRange(TheCall->getLocStart(), TheCall->getLocEnd());
4578   return false;
4579 }
4580 
4581 namespace {
4582 class UncoveredArgHandler {
4583   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
4584   signed FirstUncoveredArg;
4585   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
4586 
4587 public:
4588   UncoveredArgHandler() : FirstUncoveredArg(Unknown) { }
4589 
4590   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
4591     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
4592   }
4593 
4594   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
4595     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
4596     return FirstUncoveredArg;
4597   }
4598 
4599   void setAllCovered() {
4600     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
4601     // the diagnostics.
4602     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4603     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
4604   }
4605 
4606   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
4607     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
4608 
4609     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
4610     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
4611       return;
4612 
4613     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
4614     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
4615     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
4616       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4617     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
4618       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
4619       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
4620       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
4621     }
4622   }
4623 
4624   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
4625 };
4626 
4627 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
4628   SLCT_NotALiteral,
4629   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
4630   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
4631 };
4632 } // end anonymous namespace
4633 
4634 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
4635                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
4636                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
4637   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
4638   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
4639   // There might be negative interim results.
4640   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
4641     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
4642     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
4643   }
4644   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
4645   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
4646     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
4647     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
4648   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
4649     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
4650   }
4651 
4652   bool Ov = false;
4653   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
4654   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
4655     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
4656   else {
4657     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
4658            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
4659     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
4660   }
4661 
4662   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
4663   // possible.
4664   if (Ov) {
4665     assert(BitWidth <= UINT_MAX / 2 && "index (intermediate) result too big");
4666     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
4667     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
4668     return;
4669   }
4670 
4671   Offset = ResOffset;
4672 }
4673 
4674 namespace {
4675 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
4676 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
4677 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
4678 class FormatStringLiteral {
4679   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
4680   int64_t Offset;
4681 
4682  public:
4683   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
4684       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
4685 
4686   StringRef getString() const {
4687     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
4688   }
4689 
4690   unsigned getByteLength() const {
4691     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
4692   }
4693   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
4694   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
4695 
4696   StringLiteral::StringKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
4697 
4698   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
4699 
4700   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isAscii(); }
4701   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
4702   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
4703   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
4704   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
4705   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
4706 
4707   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
4708       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
4709       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
4710       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
4711     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
4712                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
4713   }
4714 
4715   SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY {
4716     return FExpr->getLocStart().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
4717   }
4718   SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getLocEnd(); }
4719 };
4720 }  // end anonymous namespace
4721 
4722 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
4723                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
4724                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4725                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4726                               unsigned firstDataArg,
4727                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4728                               bool inFunctionCall,
4729                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
4730                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4731                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg);
4732 
4733 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
4734 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
4735 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
4736 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
4737 static StringLiteralCheckType
4738 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
4739                       bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
4740                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
4741                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
4742                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
4743                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
4744                       llvm::APSInt Offset) {
4745  tryAgain:
4746   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
4747 
4748   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4749     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4750 
4751   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
4752 
4753   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
4754     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
4755     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
4756     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
4757     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
4758     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4759 
4760   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
4761   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
4762   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
4763     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
4764     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
4765     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
4766         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
4767 
4768     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
4769     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
4770     // evaluated at compile time.
4771     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
4772 
4773     bool Cond;
4774     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, S.getASTContext())) {
4775       if (Cond)
4776         CheckRight = false;
4777       else
4778         CheckLeft = false;
4779     }
4780 
4781     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
4782     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
4783     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
4784     // literals in the end.
4785     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
4786     if (!CheckLeft)
4787       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4788     else {
4789       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args,
4790                                    HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4791                                    Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4792                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4793       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
4794         return Left;
4795       }
4796     }
4797 
4798     StringLiteralCheckType Right =
4799         checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args,
4800                               HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4801                               Type, CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4802                               UncoveredArg, Offset);
4803 
4804     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
4805   }
4806 
4807   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
4808     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4809     goto tryAgain;
4810   }
4811 
4812   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
4813     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
4814       E = src;
4815       goto tryAgain;
4816     }
4817     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4818 
4819   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
4820     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
4821     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
4822     // liability.
4823     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4824 
4825   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
4826     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
4827 
4828     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
4829     // const string literals.
4830     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4831       bool isConstant = false;
4832       QualType T = DR->getType();
4833 
4834       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4835         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
4836       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4837         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
4838                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
4839       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4840         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
4841         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
4842         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
4843       }
4844 
4845       if (isConstant) {
4846         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
4847           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
4848           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4849             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
4850               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4851           }
4852           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Init, Args,
4853                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4854                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4855                                        /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs,
4856                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4857         }
4858       }
4859 
4860       // For vprintf* functions (i.e., HasVAListArg==true), we add a
4861       // special check to see if the format string is a function parameter
4862       // of the function calling the printf function.  If the function
4863       // has an attribute indicating it is a printf-like function, then we
4864       // should suppress warnings concerning non-literals being used in a call
4865       // to a vprintf function.  For example:
4866       //
4867       // void
4868       // logmessage(char const *fmt __attribute__ (format (printf, 1, 2)), ...){
4869       //      va_list ap;
4870       //      va_start(ap, fmt);
4871       //      vprintf(fmt, ap);  // Do NOT emit a warning about "fmt".
4872       //      ...
4873       // }
4874       if (HasVAListArg) {
4875         if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
4876           if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
4877             int PVIndex = PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() + 1;
4878             for (const auto *PVFormat : ND->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
4879               // adjust for implicit parameter
4880               if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4881                 if (MD->isInstance())
4882                   ++PVIndex;
4883               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
4884               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
4885               if (PVIndex == PVFormat->getFormatIdx() &&
4886                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat))
4887                 return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
4888             }
4889           }
4890         }
4891       }
4892     }
4893 
4894     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4895   }
4896 
4897   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
4898   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
4899     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
4900     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
4901       if (const FormatArgAttr *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4902         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4903         if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND))
4904           if (MD->isInstance())
4905             --ArgIndex;
4906         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4907 
4908         return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4909                                      HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg,
4910                                      Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
4911                                      CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4912       } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
4913         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
4914         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
4915             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
4916           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
4917           return checkFormatStringExpr(S, Arg, Args,
4918                                        HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4919                                        firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
4920                                        InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs,
4921                                        UncoveredArg, Offset);
4922         }
4923       }
4924     }
4925 
4926     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4927   }
4928   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: {
4929     const auto *ME = cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
4930     if (const auto *ND = ME->getMethodDecl()) {
4931       if (const auto *FA = ND->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
4932         unsigned ArgIndex = FA->getFormatIdx();
4933         const Expr *Arg = ME->getArg(ArgIndex - 1);
4934         return checkFormatStringExpr(
4935             S, Arg, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
4936             CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
4937       }
4938     }
4939 
4940     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4941   }
4942   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
4943   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
4944     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
4945 
4946     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
4947       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
4948     else
4949       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4950 
4951     if (StrE) {
4952       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
4953         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
4954         // bounds literals.
4955         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4956       }
4957       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
4958       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, HasVAListArg, format_idx,
4959                         firstDataArg, Type, InFunctionCall, CallType,
4960                         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
4961       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
4962     }
4963 
4964     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4965   }
4966   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
4967     llvm::APSInt LResult;
4968     llvm::APSInt RResult;
4969 
4970     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
4971 
4972     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
4973     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
4974       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(LResult, S.Context);
4975       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(RResult, S.Context);
4976 
4977       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
4978         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
4979 
4980         if (LIsInt) {
4981           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
4982             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4983             E = BinOp->getRHS();
4984             goto tryAgain;
4985           }
4986         } else {
4987           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult, BinOpKind, RIsInt);
4988           E = BinOp->getLHS();
4989           goto tryAgain;
4990         }
4991       }
4992     }
4993 
4994     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
4995   }
4996   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4997     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
4998     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
4999     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == clang::UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
5000       llvm::APSInt IndexResult;
5001       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context)) {
5002         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult, BO_Add, /*RHS is int*/ true);
5003         E = ASE->getBase();
5004         goto tryAgain;
5005       }
5006     }
5007 
5008     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5009   }
5010 
5011   default:
5012     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5013   }
5014 }
5015 
5016 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
5017   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
5018       .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
5019       .Cases("printf", "printf0", FST_Printf)
5020       .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
5021       .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
5022       .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
5023       .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
5024       .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
5025       .Case("os_trace", FST_OSLog)
5026       .Case("os_log", FST_OSLog)
5027       .Default(FST_Unknown);
5028 }
5029 
5030 /// CheckFormatArguments - Check calls to printf and scanf (and similar
5031 /// functions) for correct use of format strings.
5032 /// Returns true if a format string has been fully checked.
5033 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
5034                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5035                                 bool IsCXXMember,
5036                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
5037                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5038                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
5039   FormatStringInfo FSI;
5040   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, &FSI))
5041     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.HasVAListArg, FSI.FormatIdx,
5042                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
5043                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
5044   return false;
5045 }
5046 
5047 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5048                                 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
5049                                 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
5050                                 VariadicCallType CallType,
5051                                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5052                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
5053   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
5054   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
5055     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
5056     return false;
5057   }
5058 
5059   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
5060 
5061   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
5062   //
5063   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
5064   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
5065   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
5066   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
5067   // many format string exploits.
5068 
5069   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
5070   // C string (e.g. "%d")
5071   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
5072   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
5073   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
5074   StringLiteralCheckType CT =
5075       checkFormatStringExpr(*this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, HasVAListArg,
5076                             format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
5077                             /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs,
5078                             UncoveredArg,
5079                             /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
5080 
5081   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
5082   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
5083     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
5084     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
5085     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
5086   }
5087 
5088   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
5089     // Literal format string found, check done!
5090     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
5091 
5092   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
5093   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
5094   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
5095     return false;
5096 
5097   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
5098   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
5099   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
5100   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
5101   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getLocStart();
5102   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
5103     return false;
5104 
5105   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
5106   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
5107   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
5108     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
5109       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
5110     switch (Type) {
5111     default:
5112       break;
5113     case FST_Kprintf:
5114     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
5115     case FST_Printf:
5116       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
5117         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
5118       break;
5119     case FST_NSString:
5120       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
5121         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
5122       break;
5123     }
5124   } else {
5125     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
5126       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
5127   }
5128   return false;
5129 }
5130 
5131 namespace {
5132 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
5133 protected:
5134   Sema &S;
5135   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
5136   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
5137   const Sema::FormatStringType FSType;
5138   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
5139   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
5140   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
5141   const bool HasVAListArg;
5142   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
5143   unsigned FormatIdx;
5144   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
5145   bool usesPositionalArgs;
5146   bool atFirstArg;
5147   bool inFunctionCall;
5148   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
5149   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
5150   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
5151 
5152 public:
5153   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5154                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5155                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5156                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
5157                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
5158                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
5159                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5160                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5161       : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), FSType(type),
5162         FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), Beg(beg),
5163         HasVAListArg(hasVAListArg), Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
5164         usesPositionalArgs(false), atFirstArg(true),
5165         inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
5166         CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
5167     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
5168     CoveredArgs.reset();
5169   }
5170 
5171   void DoneProcessing();
5172 
5173   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
5174                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
5175 
5176   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
5177                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5178                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5179                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
5180                            unsigned DiagID);
5181 
5182   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
5183                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5184                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5185 
5186   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
5187                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5188                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5189 
5190   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
5191 
5192   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
5193                              unsigned specifierLen,
5194                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
5195 
5196   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
5197 
5198   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
5199 
5200   template <typename Range>
5201   static void
5202   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5203                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5204                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5205                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5206 
5207 protected:
5208   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
5209                                         const char *startSpec,
5210                                         unsigned specifierLen,
5211                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
5212 
5213   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5214                                          const char *startSpec,
5215                                          unsigned specifierLen);
5216 
5217   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
5218   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
5219                                     unsigned specifierLen);
5220   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
5221 
5222   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
5223 
5224   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5225                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5226                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
5227                     unsigned argIndex);
5228 
5229   template <typename Range>
5230   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5231                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5232                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5233 };
5234 } // end anonymous namespace
5235 
5236 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
5237   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
5238 }
5239 
5240 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
5241 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5242   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
5243   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
5244 
5245   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
5246   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
5247 
5248   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
5249 }
5250 
5251 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
5252   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
5253                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
5254 }
5255 
5256 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
5257                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
5258   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
5259                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
5260                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5261                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5262 }
5263 
5264 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
5265     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5266     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5267     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
5268   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5269 
5270   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
5271   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
5272 
5273   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
5274   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
5275   if (FixedLM) {
5276     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
5277                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5278                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5279                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5280 
5281     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5282       << FixedLM->toString()
5283       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
5284 
5285   } else {
5286     FixItHint Hint;
5287     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
5288       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
5289 
5290     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
5291                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5292                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5293                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5294                          Hint);
5295   }
5296 }
5297 
5298 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
5299     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5300     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5301   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5302 
5303   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
5304   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
5305 
5306   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
5307   Optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
5308   if (FixedLM) {
5309     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5310                            << LM.toString() << 0,
5311                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5312                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5313                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5314 
5315     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5316       << FixedLM->toString()
5317       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
5318 
5319   } else {
5320     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5321                            << LM.toString() << 0,
5322                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
5323                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5324                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5325   }
5326 }
5327 
5328 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
5329     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5330     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
5331   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5332 
5333   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
5334   Optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
5335   if (FixedCS) {
5336     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5337                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5338                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5339                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5340                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5341 
5342     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5343     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
5344       << FixedCS->toString()
5345       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
5346   } else {
5347     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
5348                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
5349                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5350                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5351                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5352   }
5353 }
5354 
5355 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
5356                                         unsigned posLen) {
5357   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
5358                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5359                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5360                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5361 }
5362 
5363 void
5364 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen,
5365                                      analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
5366   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier)
5367                          << (unsigned) p,
5368                        getLocationOfByte(startPos), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5369                        getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5370 }
5371 
5372 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
5373                                             unsigned posLen) {
5374   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
5375                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
5376                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5377                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
5378 }
5379 
5380 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
5381   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
5382     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
5383     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5384       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
5385       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5386       getFormatStringRange());
5387   }
5388 }
5389 
5390 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
5391 // one of the argument expressions.
5392 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
5393   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
5394 }
5395 
5396 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
5397   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
5398   // format conversions in the format string?
5399   if (!HasVAListArg) {
5400       // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
5401     CoveredArgs.flip();
5402     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
5403     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
5404       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
5405       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
5406     } else {
5407       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5408     }
5409   }
5410 }
5411 
5412 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
5413                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
5414   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && DiagnosticExprs.size() > 0 &&
5415          "Invalid state");
5416 
5417   if (!ArgExpr)
5418     return;
5419 
5420   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getLocStart();
5421 
5422   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
5423     return;
5424 
5425   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
5426   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
5427     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
5428 
5429   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5430                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
5431                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5432                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
5433 }
5434 
5435 bool
5436 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
5437                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
5438                                                      const char *startSpec,
5439                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
5440                                                      const char *csStart,
5441                                                      unsigned csLen) {
5442   bool keepGoing = true;
5443   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5444     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
5445     // make sense.
5446     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5447   }
5448   else {
5449     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
5450     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
5451     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
5452     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
5453     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
5454     keepGoing = false;
5455   }
5456 
5457   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
5458 
5459   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
5460   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
5461   // hex value.
5462   std::string CodePointStr;
5463   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
5464     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
5465     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
5466     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
5467         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
5468     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
5469         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
5470 
5471     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
5472       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
5473       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
5474     }
5475 
5476     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
5477     if (CodePoint < 256)
5478       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
5479     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
5480       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
5481     else
5482       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
5483     OS.flush();
5484     Specifier = CodePointStr;
5485   }
5486 
5487   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5488       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
5489       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5490 
5491   return keepGoing;
5492 }
5493 
5494 void
5495 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
5496                                                       const char *startSpec,
5497                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5498   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5499     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
5500     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
5501 }
5502 
5503 bool
5504 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
5505   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
5506   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
5507   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
5508 
5509   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5510     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
5511       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
5512            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
5513       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
5514     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5515       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5516       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5517 
5518     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
5519     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
5520     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
5521     return false;
5522   }
5523   return true;
5524 }
5525 
5526 template<typename Range>
5527 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
5528                                               SourceLocation Loc,
5529                                               bool IsStringLocation,
5530                                               Range StringRange,
5531                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5532   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
5533                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
5534 }
5535 
5536 /// \brief If the format string is not within the funcion call, emit a note
5537 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
5538 ///
5539 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
5540 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
5541 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
5542 ///
5543 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
5544 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
5545 /// diagnostics are emitted.
5546 ///
5547 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
5548 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
5549 /// to diagnostics.
5550 ///
5551 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
5552 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
5553 /// the other one.
5554 ///
5555 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
5556 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
5557 /// be used with PDiag.
5558 ///
5559 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
5560 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
5561 ///
5562 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
5563 template <typename Range>
5564 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5565     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
5566     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
5567     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
5568   if (InFunctionCall) {
5569     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
5570     D << StringRange;
5571     D << FixIt;
5572   } else {
5573     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
5574       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
5575 
5576     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
5577       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
5578              diag::note_format_string_defined);
5579 
5580     Note << StringRange;
5581     Note << FixIt;
5582   }
5583 }
5584 
5585 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking ------------------------------===//
5586 
5587 namespace {
5588 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
5589 public:
5590   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
5591                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
5592                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
5593                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, const char *beg,
5594                      bool hasVAListArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5595                      unsigned formatIdx, bool inFunctionCall,
5596                      Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5597                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5598                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
5599       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
5600                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
5601                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
5602                            UncoveredArg) {}
5603 
5604   bool isObjCContext() const { return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString; }
5605 
5606   /// Returns true if '%@' specifiers are allowed in the format string.
5607   bool allowsObjCArg() const {
5608     return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString || FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
5609            FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace;
5610   }
5611 
5612   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5613                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5614                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5615                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
5616 
5617   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5618                              const char *startSpecifier,
5619                              unsigned specifierLen) override;
5620   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5621                        const char *StartSpecifier,
5622                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
5623                        const Expr *E);
5624 
5625   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
5626                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5627   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5628                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5629                            unsigned type,
5630                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5631   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5632                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5633                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5634   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5635                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5636                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5637                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
5638   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
5639                            const Expr *E);
5640 
5641   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5642                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
5643 
5644   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5645                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
5646 
5647   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
5648                                            const char *flagsEnd,
5649                                            const char *conversionPosition)
5650                                              override;
5651 };
5652 } // end anonymous namespace
5653 
5654 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
5655                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5656                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5657                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5658   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5659     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5660 
5661   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
5662                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5663                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
5664                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
5665 }
5666 
5667 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
5668                                const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5669                                unsigned k, const char *startSpecifier,
5670                                unsigned specifierLen) {
5671   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
5672     if (!HasVAListArg) {
5673       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
5674       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
5675         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
5676                                << k,
5677                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5678                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5679                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5680         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5681         // spurious errors.
5682         return false;
5683       }
5684 
5685       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
5686       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
5687       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
5688       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
5689       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5690       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
5691       if (!Arg)
5692         return false;
5693 
5694       QualType T = Arg->getType();
5695 
5696       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
5697       assert(AT.isValid());
5698 
5699       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
5700         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
5701                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
5702                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
5703                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5704                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5705                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5706         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
5707         // spurious errors.
5708         return false;
5709       }
5710     }
5711   }
5712   return true;
5713 }
5714 
5715 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
5716                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5717                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
5718                                       unsigned type,
5719                                       const char *startSpecifier,
5720                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
5721   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5722     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5723 
5724   FixItHint fixit =
5725     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
5726       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
5727                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
5728       : FixItHint();
5729 
5730   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
5731                          << type << CS.toString(),
5732                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
5733                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5734                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5735                        fixit);
5736 }
5737 
5738 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5739                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5740                                     const char *startSpecifier,
5741                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
5742   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
5743   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
5744     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5745   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
5746                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
5747                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
5748                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5749                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5750                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5751                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
5752 }
5753 
5754 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
5755                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
5756                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
5757                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
5758                                 const char *startSpecifier,
5759                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
5760   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
5761   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
5762                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
5763                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
5764                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5765                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
5766                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5767                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
5768 }
5769 
5770 //  void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
5771 //                            bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
5772 //                            ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = None);
5773 
5774 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5775                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
5776   // Warn about an empty flag.
5777   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
5778                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5779                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5780                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
5781 }
5782 
5783 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
5784                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
5785   // Warn about an invalid flag.
5786   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
5787   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
5788   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
5789                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
5790                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5791                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5792 }
5793 
5794 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
5795     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
5796     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
5797     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
5798     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
5799     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
5800                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
5801                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
5802                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
5803 }
5804 
5805 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
5806 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
5807 // "c_str()").
5808 template<typename MemberKind>
5809 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
5810 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
5811   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5812   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
5813 
5814   if (!RT)
5815     return Results;
5816   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5817   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
5818     return Results;
5819 
5820   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
5821                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
5822   R.suppressDiagnostics();
5823 
5824   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
5825   // filter, at this point.
5826   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
5827     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5828       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
5829       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
5830         Results.insert(FK);
5831     }
5832   return Results;
5833 }
5834 
5835 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
5836 ///
5837 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
5838 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
5839 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
5840   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5841   MethodSet Results =
5842       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
5843   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5844        MI != ME; ++MI)
5845     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
5846       return true;
5847   return false;
5848 }
5849 
5850 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
5851 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
5852 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
5853 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
5854     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
5855   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl*, 1> MethodSet;
5856 
5857   MethodSet Results =
5858       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
5859 
5860   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
5861        MI != ME; ++MI) {
5862     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
5863     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
5864         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
5865       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
5866       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
5867       S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
5868           << "c_str()"
5869           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
5870       return true;
5871     }
5872   }
5873 
5874   return false;
5875 }
5876 
5877 bool
5878 CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier
5879                                             &FS,
5880                                           const char *startSpecifier,
5881                                           unsigned specifierLen) {
5882   using namespace analyze_format_string;
5883   using namespace analyze_printf;
5884   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
5885 
5886   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5887     if (atFirstArg) {
5888         atFirstArg = false;
5889         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
5890     }
5891     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
5892       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5893                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
5894       return false;
5895     }
5896   }
5897 
5898   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
5899   // have matching data arguments.
5900   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
5901                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5902     return false;
5903   }
5904 
5905   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
5906                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
5907     return false;
5908   }
5909 
5910   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
5911     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
5912     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
5913     return true;
5914   }
5915 
5916   // Consume the argument.
5917   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
5918   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
5919     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
5920     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
5921     // function if we encounter some other error.
5922     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
5923   }
5924 
5925   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
5926   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
5927       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
5928     // We need at least two arguments.
5929     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
5930       return false;
5931 
5932     // Claim the second argument.
5933     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
5934 
5935     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
5936     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
5937     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
5938       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
5939         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
5940     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5941       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5942         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5943         << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5944         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5945         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5946         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5947 
5948     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
5949     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
5950     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
5951     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
5952       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
5953         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
5954         << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
5955         << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
5956         Ex->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
5957         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5958 
5959      return true;
5960   }
5961 
5962   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
5963   // in a non-ObjC literal.
5964   if (!allowsObjCArg() && CS.isObjCArg()) {
5965     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5966                                                   specifierLen);
5967   }
5968 
5969   // %P can only be used with os_log.
5970   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg) {
5971     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5972                                                   specifierLen);
5973   }
5974 
5975   // %n is not allowed with os_log.
5976   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
5977     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_os_log_format_narg),
5978                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
5979                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
5980                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
5981 
5982     return true;
5983   }
5984 
5985   // Only scalars are allowed for os_trace.
5986   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace &&
5987       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg ||
5988        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::sArg ||
5989        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::ObjCObjArg)) {
5990     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
5991                                                   specifierLen);
5992   }
5993 
5994   // Check for use of public/private annotation outside of os_log().
5995   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog) {
5996     if (FS.isPublic().isSet()) {
5997       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
5998                                << "public",
5999                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPublic().getPosition()),
6000                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6001                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6002     }
6003     if (FS.isPrivate().isSet()) {
6004       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
6005                                << "private",
6006                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPrivate().getPosition()),
6007                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6008                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6009     }
6010   }
6011 
6012   // Check for invalid use of field width
6013   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
6014     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
6015         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6016   }
6017 
6018   // Check for invalid use of precision
6019   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
6020     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
6021         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6022   }
6023 
6024   // Precision is mandatory for %P specifier.
6025   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
6026       FS.getPrecision().getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::NotSpecified) {
6027     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_no_precision),
6028                          getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
6029                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6030                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6031   }
6032 
6033   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
6034   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
6035     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6036   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
6037     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6038   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
6039     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6040   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
6041     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6042   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
6043     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6044   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
6045     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6046 
6047   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
6048   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
6049     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
6050         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6051   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
6052     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
6053             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6054 
6055   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6056   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6057     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6058                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6059   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6060     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6061   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6062     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6063                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6064 
6065   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6066     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6067 
6068   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6069   if (HasVAListArg)
6070     return true;
6071 
6072   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6073     return false;
6074 
6075   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
6076   if (!Arg)
6077     return true;
6078 
6079   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
6080 }
6081 
6082 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
6083   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
6084   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
6085   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
6086   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
6087   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
6088     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
6089 
6090   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
6091   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
6092   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
6093   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
6094   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
6095   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
6096   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
6097   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
6098   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
6099   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
6100   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
6101   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
6102   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
6103   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
6104   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
6105   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
6106   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
6107   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
6108   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
6109   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
6110   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
6111   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
6112     return false;
6113   default:
6114     return true;
6115   }
6116 }
6117 
6118 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
6119 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
6120                        QualType IntendedTy,
6121                        const Expr *E) {
6122   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
6123   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
6124   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
6125     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
6126     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
6127       .Case("CFIndex", Context.LongTy)
6128       .Case("NSInteger", Context.LongTy)
6129       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.UnsignedLongTy)
6130       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
6131       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
6132       .Default(QualType());
6133 
6134     if (!CastTy.isNull())
6135       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
6136 
6137     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
6138   }
6139 
6140   // Strip parens if necessary.
6141   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
6142     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
6143                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
6144                                   PE->getSubExpr());
6145 
6146   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
6147   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
6148   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
6149   // Co. usage condition.
6150   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6151     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
6152     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
6153 
6154     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
6155       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
6156                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
6157                              CO->getTrueExpr());
6158     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
6159       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
6160                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
6161                              CO->getFalseExpr());
6162 
6163     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
6164       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
6165     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
6166       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
6167     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
6168       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
6169   }
6170 
6171   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
6172 }
6173 
6174 bool
6175 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6176                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
6177                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
6178                                     const Expr *E) {
6179   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6180   using namespace analyze_printf;
6181   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
6182   // format specifier.
6183   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, isObjCContext());
6184   if (!AT.isValid())
6185     return true;
6186 
6187   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
6188   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
6189     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
6190   }
6191 
6192   analyze_printf::ArgType::MatchKind match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
6193 
6194   if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::Match) {
6195     return true;
6196   }
6197 
6198   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
6199   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
6200   // and function pointer decay; seeing that an argument intended to be a
6201   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *'.
6202   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
6203     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
6204         ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast) {
6205       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
6206       ExprTy = E->getType();
6207 
6208       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
6209       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
6210       // function.
6211       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
6212           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
6213         // All further checking is done on the subexpression.
6214         if (AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy))
6215           return true;
6216       }
6217     }
6218   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
6219     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
6220     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
6221     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists.
6222     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy)
6223       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue()))
6224         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
6225   }
6226 
6227   // Look through enums to their underlying type.
6228   bool IsEnum = false;
6229   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6230     ExprTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6231     IsEnum = true;
6232   }
6233 
6234   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
6235   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
6236   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
6237   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
6238   if (isObjCContext() &&
6239       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
6240     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
6241         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
6242       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
6243       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
6244       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
6245 
6246       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
6247       // to be within the valid range.
6248       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
6249         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
6250         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
6251           return true;
6252       }
6253 
6254       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getLocStart(),
6255                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
6256       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
6257         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
6258         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
6259           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
6260             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
6261       }
6262     }
6263   }
6264 
6265   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
6266   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
6267   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
6268   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
6269     QualType CastTy;
6270     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
6271     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
6272       IntendedTy = CastTy;
6273       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
6274     }
6275   }
6276 
6277   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
6278   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6279   bool success =
6280       fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, isObjCContext());
6281 
6282   if (success) {
6283     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
6284     SmallString<16> buf;
6285     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6286     fixedFS.toString(os);
6287 
6288     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
6289 
6290     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6291       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6292       if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6293         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6294       }
6295       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
6296       // the argument.
6297       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6298                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6299                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
6300                            E->getLocStart(),
6301                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
6302                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
6303     } else {
6304       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
6305       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
6306       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
6307       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
6308       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
6309       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
6310       // if necessary).
6311       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
6312       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
6313       CastFix << "(";
6314       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
6315       CastFix << ")";
6316 
6317       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
6318       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy))
6319         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
6320 
6321       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
6322         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
6323         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
6324         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
6325 
6326       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E)) {
6327         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
6328         // just write the C-style cast.
6329         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6330                                                    CastFix.str()));
6331       } else {
6332         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
6333         CastFix << "(";
6334         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(),
6335                                                    CastFix.str()));
6336 
6337         SourceLocation After = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd());
6338         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
6339       }
6340 
6341       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly) {
6342         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
6343         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
6344         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
6345         StringRef Name;
6346         if (const TypedefType *TypedefTy = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(ExprTy))
6347           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
6348         else
6349           Name = CastTyName;
6350         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast)
6351                                << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
6352                                << E->getSourceRange(),
6353                              E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
6354                              SpecRange, Hints);
6355       } else {
6356         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
6357         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
6358         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
6359         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6360           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
6361             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << IsEnum
6362             << E->getSourceRange(),
6363           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false,
6364           SpecRange, Hints);
6365       }
6366     }
6367   } else {
6368     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
6369                                                    SpecifierLen);
6370     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
6371     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
6372     // arguments here.
6373     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
6374     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
6375     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
6376       unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6377       if (match == analyze_printf::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6378         diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6379       }
6380 
6381       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6382           S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
6383                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
6384           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
6385       break;
6386     }
6387     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
6388     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
6389       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6390         S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
6391           << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6392           << ExprTy
6393           << CallType
6394           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6395           << CSR
6396           << E->getSourceRange(),
6397         E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6398       checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
6399       break;
6400 
6401     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
6402       if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
6403         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6404           S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
6405             << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6406             << ExprTy
6407             << CallType
6408             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6409             << CSR
6410             << E->getSourceRange(),
6411           E->getLocStart(), /*IsStringLocation*/false, CSR);
6412       else
6413         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
6414         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
6415         S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
6416           << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
6417           << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6418           << E->getSourceRange();
6419       break;
6420     }
6421 
6422     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
6423            "format string specifier index out of range");
6424     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
6425   }
6426 
6427   return true;
6428 }
6429 
6430 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
6431 
6432 namespace {
6433 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
6434 public:
6435   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6436                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, Sema::FormatStringType type,
6437                     unsigned firstDataArg, unsigned numDataArgs,
6438                     const char *beg, bool hasVAListArg,
6439                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6440                     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6441                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6442                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6443       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
6444                            numDataArgs, beg, hasVAListArg, Args, formatIdx,
6445                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6446                            UncoveredArg) {}
6447 
6448   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6449                             const char *startSpecifier,
6450                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
6451 
6452   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6453           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6454           const char *startSpecifier,
6455           unsigned specifierLen) override;
6456 
6457   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
6458 };
6459 } // end anonymous namespace
6460 
6461 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
6462                                                  const char *end) {
6463   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
6464                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6465                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
6466 }
6467 
6468 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
6469                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6470                                         const char *startSpecifier,
6471                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
6472 
6473   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6474     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6475 
6476   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
6477                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6478                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6479                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6480 }
6481 
6482 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
6483                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
6484                                        const char *startSpecifier,
6485                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
6486   using namespace analyze_scanf;
6487   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6488 
6489   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6490 
6491   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
6492   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
6493   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6494     if (atFirstArg) {
6495       atFirstArg = false;
6496       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
6497     }
6498     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
6499       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6500                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6501       return false;
6502     }
6503   }
6504 
6505   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
6506   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
6507   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
6508     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
6509       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
6510                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
6511       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
6512                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6513                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
6514                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
6515     }
6516   }
6517 
6518   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
6519     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
6520     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
6521     return true;
6522   }
6523 
6524   // Consume the argument.
6525   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
6526   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
6527       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
6528       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
6529       // function if we encounter some other error.
6530     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6531   }
6532 
6533   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
6534   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo()))
6535     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6536                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
6537   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
6538     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6539   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
6540     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6541                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
6542 
6543   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
6544     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
6545 
6546   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
6547   if (HasVAListArg)
6548     return true;
6549 
6550   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
6551     return false;
6552 
6553   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
6554   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
6555   if (!Ex)
6556     return true;
6557 
6558   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
6559 
6560   if (!AT.isValid()) {
6561     return true;
6562   }
6563 
6564   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind match =
6565       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
6566   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match) {
6567     return true;
6568   }
6569 
6570   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
6571   bool success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
6572                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
6573 
6574   unsigned diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
6575   if (match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic) {
6576     diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
6577   }
6578 
6579   if (success) {
6580     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
6581     SmallString<128> buf;
6582     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
6583     fixedFS.toString(os);
6584 
6585     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6586         S.PDiag(diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6587                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6588         Ex->getLocStart(),
6589         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6590         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6591         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
6592             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
6593   } else {
6594     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag)
6595                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6596                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
6597                          Ex->getLocStart(),
6598                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
6599                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6600   }
6601 
6602   return true;
6603 }
6604 
6605 static void CheckFormatString(Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr,
6606                               const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
6607                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
6608                               bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6609                               unsigned firstDataArg,
6610                               Sema::FormatStringType Type,
6611                               bool inFunctionCall,
6612                               Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6613                               llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6614                               UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg) {
6615   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
6616   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
6617     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6618       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6619       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6620       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6621     return;
6622   }
6623 
6624   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6625   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6626   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6627   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6628   const ConstantArrayType *T =
6629     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6630   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6631   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6632   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6633   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
6634 
6635   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
6636   // embedded null character.
6637   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() &&
6638       StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).find('\0') == StringRef::npos) {
6639     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6640         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6641         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
6642         FExpr->getLocStart(),
6643         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6644     return;
6645   }
6646 
6647   // CHECK: empty format string?
6648   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
6649     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6650       S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
6651       S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getLocStart(),
6652       /*IsStringLocation*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
6653     return;
6654   }
6655 
6656   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
6657       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
6658       Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace) {
6659     CheckPrintfHandler H(
6660         S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
6661         (Type == Sema::FST_NSString || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace), Str,
6662         HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall, CallType,
6663         CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6664 
6665     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6666                                                   S.getLangOpts(),
6667                                                   S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
6668                                             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
6669       H.DoneProcessing();
6670   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
6671     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg,
6672                         numDataArgs, Str, HasVAListArg, Args, format_idx,
6673                         inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
6674 
6675     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, Str, Str + StrLen,
6676                                                  S.getLangOpts(),
6677                                                  S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
6678       H.DoneProcessing();
6679   } // TODO: handle other formats
6680 }
6681 
6682 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
6683   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
6684   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
6685   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
6686   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
6687   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
6688   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
6689   size_t TypeSize = T->getSize().getZExtValue();
6690   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
6691   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
6692                                                          getLangOpts(),
6693                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
6694 }
6695 
6696 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
6697 
6698 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
6699 // does not exist.
6700 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
6701   switch (AbsFunction) {
6702   default:
6703     return 0;
6704 
6705   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6706     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
6707   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6708     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
6709   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6710     return 0;
6711 
6712   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6713     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
6714   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6715     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
6716   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6717     return 0;
6718 
6719   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6720     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
6721   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6722     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
6723   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6724     return 0;
6725 
6726   case Builtin::BIabs:
6727     return Builtin::BIlabs;
6728   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6729     return Builtin::BIllabs;
6730   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6731     return 0;
6732 
6733   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6734     return Builtin::BIfabs;
6735   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6736     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
6737   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6738     return 0;
6739 
6740   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6741    return Builtin::BIcabs;
6742   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6743     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
6744   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6745     return 0;
6746   }
6747 }
6748 
6749 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
6750 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
6751                                              unsigned AbsType) {
6752   if (AbsType == 0)
6753     return QualType();
6754 
6755   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
6756   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
6757   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
6758     return QualType();
6759 
6760   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6761   if (!FT)
6762     return QualType();
6763 
6764   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
6765     return QualType();
6766 
6767   return FT->getParamType(0);
6768 }
6769 
6770 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
6771 // current absolute value function.
6772 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
6773                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
6774   unsigned BestKind = 0;
6775   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
6776   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
6777        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
6778     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
6779     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
6780       if (BestKind == 0)
6781         BestKind = Kind;
6782       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
6783         BestKind = Kind;
6784         break;
6785       }
6786     }
6787   }
6788   return BestKind;
6789 }
6790 
6791 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
6792   AVK_Integer,
6793   AVK_Floating,
6794   AVK_Complex
6795 };
6796 
6797 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
6798   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
6799     return AVK_Integer;
6800   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
6801     return AVK_Floating;
6802   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
6803     return AVK_Complex;
6804 
6805   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
6806 }
6807 
6808 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
6809 // the function is a builtin.
6810 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
6811                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
6812   switch (ValueKind) {
6813   case AVK_Integer:
6814     switch (AbsKind) {
6815     default:
6816       return 0;
6817     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6818     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6819     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6820     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6821     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6822     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6823       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
6824     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6825     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6826     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6827     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6828     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6829     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6830       return Builtin::BIabs;
6831     }
6832   case AVK_Floating:
6833     switch (AbsKind) {
6834     default:
6835       return 0;
6836     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6837     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6838     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6839     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6840     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6841     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6842       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
6843     case Builtin::BIabs:
6844     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6845     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6846     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6847     case Builtin::BIcabs:
6848     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6849       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
6850     }
6851   case AVK_Complex:
6852     switch (AbsKind) {
6853     default:
6854       return 0;
6855     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6856     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6857     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6858     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6859     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6860     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6861       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
6862     case Builtin::BIabs:
6863     case Builtin::BIlabs:
6864     case Builtin::BIllabs:
6865     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6866     case Builtin::BIfabs:
6867     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6868       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
6869     }
6870   }
6871   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
6872 }
6873 
6874 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
6875   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
6876   if (!FnInfo)
6877     return 0;
6878 
6879   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6880   default:
6881     return 0;
6882   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
6883   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
6884   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
6885   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
6886   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
6887   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
6888   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
6889   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
6890   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
6891   case Builtin::BIabs:
6892   case Builtin::BIlabs:
6893   case Builtin::BIllabs:
6894   case Builtin::BIfabs:
6895   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
6896   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
6897   case Builtin::BIcabs:
6898   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
6899   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
6900     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
6901   }
6902   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
6903 }
6904 
6905 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
6906 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
6907 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
6908                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
6909   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
6910   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
6911   const char *FunctionName = nullptr;
6912   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
6913     FunctionName = "std::abs";
6914     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6915       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
6916     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
6917       HeaderName = "cmath";
6918     } else {
6919       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
6920     }
6921 
6922     // Lookup all std::abs
6923     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
6924       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6925       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6926       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
6927 
6928       for (const auto *I : R) {
6929         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
6930         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
6931           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
6932         } else {
6933           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
6934         }
6935         if (!FDecl)
6936           continue;
6937 
6938         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
6939         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
6940           continue;
6941 
6942         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
6943         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
6944         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
6945             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
6946                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
6947           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
6948           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6949           break;
6950         }
6951       }
6952     }
6953   } else {
6954     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
6955     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
6956 
6957     if (HeaderName) {
6958       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
6959       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
6960       R.suppressDiagnostics();
6961       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
6962 
6963       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
6964         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
6965         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
6966           EmitHeaderHint = false;
6967         } else {
6968           return;
6969         }
6970       } else if (!R.empty()) {
6971         return;
6972       }
6973     }
6974   }
6975 
6976   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
6977       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
6978 
6979   if (!HeaderName)
6980     return;
6981 
6982   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
6983     return;
6984 
6985   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
6986                                                     << FunctionName;
6987 }
6988 
6989 template <std::size_t StrLen>
6990 static bool IsStdFunction(const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6991                           const char (&Str)[StrLen]) {
6992   if (!FDecl)
6993     return false;
6994   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr(Str))
6995     return false;
6996   if (!FDecl->isInStdNamespace())
6997     return false;
6998 
6999   return true;
7000 }
7001 
7002 // Warn when using the wrong abs() function.
7003 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
7004                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
7005   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
7006     return;
7007 
7008   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
7009   bool IsStdAbs = IsStdFunction(FDecl, "abs");
7010   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
7011     return;
7012 
7013   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
7014   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
7015 
7016   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
7017   // function call.
7018   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
7019     const char *FunctionName =
7020         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
7021     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
7022     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
7023         << FunctionName
7024         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7025     return;
7026   }
7027 
7028   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
7029   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
7030   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
7031     unsigned DiagType = 0;
7032     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
7033       DiagType = 1;
7034     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
7035       DiagType = 2;
7036 
7037     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
7038     return;
7039   }
7040 
7041   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
7042   // from occurring.
7043   if (IsStdAbs)
7044     return;
7045 
7046   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
7047   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
7048 
7049   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
7050   // size.
7051   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
7052     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
7053       return;
7054 
7055     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
7056     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
7057         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
7058 
7059     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
7060       return;
7061 
7062     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
7063                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
7064     return;
7065   }
7066 
7067   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
7068   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
7069   // proper one.
7070   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
7071   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
7072   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
7073     return;
7074 
7075   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
7076       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
7077 
7078   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
7079                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
7080 }
7081 
7082 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of std::max and unsigned zero. r---------------===//
7083 void Sema::CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call,
7084                                 const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
7085   if (!Call || !FDecl) return;
7086 
7087   // Ignore template specializations and macros.
7088   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) return;
7089   if (Call->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) return;
7090 
7091   // Only care about the one template argument, two function parameter std::max
7092   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) return;
7093   if (!IsStdFunction(FDecl, "max")) return;
7094   const auto * ArgList = FDecl->getTemplateSpecializationArgs();
7095   if (!ArgList) return;
7096   if (ArgList->size() != 1) return;
7097 
7098   // Check that template type argument is unsigned integer.
7099   const auto& TA = ArgList->get(0);
7100   if (TA.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) return;
7101   QualType ArgType = TA.getAsType();
7102   if (!ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) return;
7103 
7104   // See if either argument is a literal zero.
7105   auto IsLiteralZeroArg = [](const Expr* E) -> bool {
7106     const auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E);
7107     if (!MTE) return false;
7108     const auto *Num = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(MTE->GetTemporaryExpr());
7109     if (!Num) return false;
7110     if (Num->getValue() != 0) return false;
7111     return true;
7112   };
7113 
7114   const Expr *FirstArg = Call->getArg(0);
7115   const Expr *SecondArg = Call->getArg(1);
7116   const bool IsFirstArgZero = IsLiteralZeroArg(FirstArg);
7117   const bool IsSecondArgZero = IsLiteralZeroArg(SecondArg);
7118 
7119   // Only warn when exactly one argument is zero.
7120   if (IsFirstArgZero == IsSecondArgZero) return;
7121 
7122   SourceRange FirstRange = FirstArg->getSourceRange();
7123   SourceRange SecondRange = SecondArg->getSourceRange();
7124 
7125   SourceRange ZeroRange = IsFirstArgZero ? FirstRange : SecondRange;
7126 
7127   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_max_unsigned_zero)
7128       << IsFirstArgZero << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange() << ZeroRange;
7129 
7130   // Deduce what parts to remove so that "std::max(0u, foo)" becomes "(foo)".
7131   SourceRange RemovalRange;
7132   if (IsFirstArgZero) {
7133     RemovalRange = SourceRange(FirstRange.getBegin(),
7134                                SecondRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1));
7135   } else {
7136     RemovalRange = SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(FirstRange.getEnd()),
7137                                SecondRange.getEnd());
7138   }
7139 
7140   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_max_call)
7141         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange())
7142         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemovalRange);
7143 }
7144 
7145 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
7146 
7147 /// \brief Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
7148 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
7149 ///
7150 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
7151 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
7152                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
7153                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
7154                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
7155   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7156   if (!Size)
7157     return false;
7158 
7159   // if E is binop and op is >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
7160   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isEqualityOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
7161     return false;
7162 
7163   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
7164   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
7165       << SizeRange << FnName;
7166   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
7167       << FnName << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7168                        S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getLocEnd()), ")")
7169       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
7170   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
7171       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
7172       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
7173                                     ")");
7174 
7175   return true;
7176 }
7177 
7178 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
7179 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
7180 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
7181                                                      bool &IsContained) {
7182   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
7183   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
7184   IsContained = false;
7185 
7186   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7187   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
7188   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
7189     return nullptr;
7190 
7191   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
7192     return RD;
7193 
7194   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
7195   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
7196   // infinite recursion is impossible.
7197   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7198     bool SubContained;
7199     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
7200             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
7201       IsContained = true;
7202       return ContainedRD;
7203     }
7204   }
7205 
7206   return nullptr;
7207 }
7208 
7209 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
7210 /// otherwise returns NULL.
7211 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7212   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
7213       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
7214     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf && !SizeOf->isArgumentType())
7215       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7216 
7217   return nullptr;
7218 }
7219 
7220 /// \brief If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
7221 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
7222   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf =
7223       dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
7224     if (SizeOf->getKind() == clang::UETT_SizeOf)
7225       return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
7226 
7227   return QualType();
7228 }
7229 
7230 /// \brief Check for dangerous or invalid arguments to memset().
7231 ///
7232 /// This issues warnings on known problematic, dangerous or unspecified
7233 /// arguments to the standard 'memset', 'memcpy', 'memmove', and 'memcmp'
7234 /// function calls.
7235 ///
7236 /// \param Call The call expression to diagnose.
7237 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7238                                    unsigned BId,
7239                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7240   assert(BId != 0);
7241 
7242   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
7243   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
7244   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
7245       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
7246   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
7247     return;
7248 
7249   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
7250                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
7251   unsigned LenArg =
7252       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
7253   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7254 
7255   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
7256                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7257     return;
7258 
7259   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
7260   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
7261   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
7262   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
7263 
7264   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
7265   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
7266   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
7267   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
7268   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
7269     return;
7270 
7271   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
7272     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7273     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
7274 
7275     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
7276     QualType PointeeTy;
7277     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
7278       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
7279 
7280       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
7281       // false positives.
7282       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
7283         continue;
7284 
7285       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
7286       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
7287       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
7288       // enabled.
7289       if (SizeOfArg &&
7290           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
7291                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
7292         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
7293         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
7294         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
7295           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
7296         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
7297         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
7298         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
7299           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
7300           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
7301           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
7302           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
7303 
7304           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
7305             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7306               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
7307           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
7308               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
7309             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
7310                            // suggest an explicit length.
7311 
7312           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
7313           // expansion.
7314           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
7315           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
7316           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
7317           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7318 
7319           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7320             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
7321             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7322             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
7323                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
7324             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
7325                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
7326           }
7327 
7328           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
7329                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
7330                                 << ReadableName
7331                                 << PointeeTy
7332                                 << DestTy
7333                                 << DSR
7334                                 << SSR);
7335           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
7336                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
7337                                 << ActionIdx
7338                                 << SSR);
7339 
7340           break;
7341         }
7342       }
7343 
7344       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
7345       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
7346       // record type.
7347       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
7348         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
7349             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
7350           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7351                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
7352                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
7353                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
7354                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
7355           break;
7356         }
7357       }
7358     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
7359       PointeeTy = DestTy;
7360     }
7361 
7362     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
7363       continue;
7364 
7365     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
7366     bool IsContained;
7367     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
7368             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
7369 
7370       unsigned OperationType = 0;
7371       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
7372       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
7373       if (ArgIdx != 0 || BId == Builtin::BImemcmp) {
7374         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
7375           OperationType = 1;
7376         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
7377           OperationType = 2;
7378         else if (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp)
7379           OperationType = 3;
7380       }
7381 
7382       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7383         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7384         PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
7385           << (BId == Builtin::BImemcmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx)
7386           << FnName << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
7387           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7388     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
7389              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
7390       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7391         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7392         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
7393           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
7394           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
7395     else
7396       continue;
7397 
7398     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
7399       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
7400       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
7401         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
7402     break;
7403   }
7404 }
7405 
7406 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
7407 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
7408 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
7409 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
7410   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
7411 
7412   for (;;) {
7413     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
7414     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
7415       break;
7416 
7417     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7418     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7419 
7420     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
7421       Ex = LHS;
7422     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
7423       Ex = RHS;
7424     else
7425       break;
7426   }
7427 
7428   return Ex;
7429 }
7430 
7431 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
7432                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
7433   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
7434   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
7435     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
7436     if (CAT->getSize().getSExtValue() <= 1)
7437       return false;
7438   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
7439     return false;
7440   }
7441   return true;
7442 }
7443 
7444 // Warn if the user has made the 'size' argument to strlcpy or strlcat
7445 // be the size of the source, instead of the destination.
7446 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7447                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7448 
7449   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
7450   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
7451   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
7452     return;
7453 
7454   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
7455   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
7456   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
7457 
7458   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
7459                                      Call->getLocStart(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
7460     return;
7461 
7462   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
7463   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
7464     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
7465   else {
7466     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
7467     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
7468       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
7469           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
7470         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
7471     }
7472   }
7473 
7474   if (!CompareWithSrc)
7475     return;
7476 
7477   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
7478   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
7479   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
7480   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
7481   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
7482   if (!SrcArgDRE)
7483     return;
7484 
7485   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
7486   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
7487       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
7488     return;
7489 
7490   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
7491   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getLocStart(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7492     << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
7493 
7494   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
7495   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
7496   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
7497   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
7498   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7499   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
7500     return;
7501 
7502   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7503   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7504   OS << "sizeof(";
7505   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7506   OS << ")";
7507 
7508   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getLocStart(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
7509     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
7510                                     OS.str());
7511 }
7512 
7513 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
7514 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
7515   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
7516     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
7517       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
7518   return false;
7519 }
7520 
7521 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
7522   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
7523     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
7524     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
7525       return nullptr;
7526     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7527   }
7528   return nullptr;
7529 }
7530 
7531 // Warn on anti-patterns as the 'size' argument to strncat.
7532 // The correct size argument should look like following:
7533 //   strncat(dst, src, sizeof(dst) - strlen(dest) - 1);
7534 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
7535                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
7536   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
7537   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
7538     return;
7539   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7540   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7541   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
7542 
7543   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getLocStart(),
7544                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
7545     return;
7546 
7547   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
7548   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
7549   unsigned PatternType = 0;
7550   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
7551     // - sizeof(dst)
7552     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
7553       PatternType = 1;
7554     // - sizeof(src)
7555     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
7556       PatternType = 2;
7557   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
7558     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
7559       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7560       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
7561       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
7562       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
7563           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
7564         PatternType = 1;
7565       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
7566       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
7567         PatternType = 2;
7568     }
7569   }
7570 
7571   if (PatternType == 0)
7572     return;
7573 
7574   // Generate the diagnostic.
7575   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getLocStart();
7576   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
7577   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
7578 
7579   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
7580   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
7581     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
7582     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
7583                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
7584   }
7585 
7586   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
7587   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
7588   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
7589                                                                     Context);
7590   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
7591     if (PatternType == 1)
7592       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
7593     else
7594       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7595     return;
7596   }
7597 
7598   if (PatternType == 1)
7599     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
7600   else
7601     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
7602 
7603   SmallString<128> sizeString;
7604   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
7605   OS << "sizeof(";
7606   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7607   OS << ") - ";
7608   OS << "strlen(";
7609   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
7610   OS << ") - 1";
7611 
7612   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
7613     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
7614 }
7615 
7616 //===--- CHECK: Return Address of Stack Variable --------------------------===//
7617 
7618 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7619                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7620                            const Decl *ParentDecl);
7621 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7622                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7623                             const Decl *ParentDecl);
7624 
7625 /// CheckReturnStackAddr - Check if a return statement returns the address
7626 ///   of a stack variable.
7627 static void
7628 CheckReturnStackAddr(Sema &S, Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7629                      SourceLocation ReturnLoc) {
7630 
7631   const Expr *stackE = nullptr;
7632   SmallVector<const DeclRefExpr *, 8> refVars;
7633 
7634   // Perform checking for returned stack addresses, local blocks,
7635   // label addresses or references to temporaries.
7636   if (lhsType->isPointerType() ||
7637       (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && lhsType->isBlockPointerType())) {
7638     stackE = EvalAddr(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7639   } else if (lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
7640     stackE = EvalVal(RetValExp, refVars, /*ParentDecl=*/nullptr);
7641   }
7642 
7643   if (!stackE)
7644     return; // Nothing suspicious was found.
7645 
7646   // Parameters are initialized in the calling scope, so taking the address
7647   // of a parameter reference doesn't need a warning.
7648   for (auto *DRE : refVars)
7649     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
7650       return;
7651 
7652   SourceLocation diagLoc;
7653   SourceRange diagRange;
7654   if (refVars.empty()) {
7655     diagLoc = stackE->getLocStart();
7656     diagRange = stackE->getSourceRange();
7657   } else {
7658     // We followed through a reference variable. 'stackE' contains the
7659     // problematic expression but we will warn at the return statement pointing
7660     // at the reference variable. We will later display the "trail" of
7661     // reference variables using notes.
7662     diagLoc = refVars[0]->getLocStart();
7663     diagRange = refVars[0]->getSourceRange();
7664   }
7665 
7666   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(stackE)) {
7667     // address of local var
7668     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_stack_addr_ref) << lhsType->isReferenceType()
7669      << DR->getDecl()->getDeclName() << diagRange;
7670   } else if (isa<BlockExpr>(stackE)) { // local block.
7671     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::err_ret_local_block) << diagRange;
7672   } else if (isa<AddrLabelExpr>(stackE)) { // address of label.
7673     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_addr_label) << diagRange;
7674   } else { // local temporary.
7675     // If there is an LValue->RValue conversion, then the value of the
7676     // reference type is used, not the reference.
7677     if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RetValExp)) {
7678       if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
7679         return;
7680       }
7681     }
7682     S.Diag(diagLoc, diag::warn_ret_local_temp_addr_ref)
7683      << lhsType->isReferenceType() << diagRange;
7684   }
7685 
7686   // Display the "trail" of reference variables that we followed until we
7687   // found the problematic expression using notes.
7688   for (unsigned i = 0, e = refVars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
7689     const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(refVars[i]->getDecl());
7690     // If this var binds to another reference var, show the range of the next
7691     // var, otherwise the var binds to the problematic expression, in which case
7692     // show the range of the expression.
7693     SourceRange range = (i < e - 1) ? refVars[i + 1]->getSourceRange()
7694                                     : stackE->getSourceRange();
7695     S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_ref_var_local_bind)
7696         << VD->getDeclName() << range;
7697   }
7698 }
7699 
7700 /// EvalAddr - EvalAddr and EvalVal are mutually recursive functions that
7701 ///  check if the expression in a return statement evaluates to an address
7702 ///  to a location on the stack, a local block, an address of a label, or a
7703 ///  reference to local temporary. The recursion is used to traverse the
7704 ///  AST of the return expression, with recursion backtracking when we
7705 ///  encounter a subexpression that (1) clearly does not lead to one of the
7706 ///  above problematic expressions (2) is something we cannot determine leads to
7707 ///  a problematic expression based on such local checking.
7708 ///
7709 ///  Both EvalAddr and EvalVal follow through reference variables to evaluate
7710 ///  the expression that they point to. Such variables are added to the
7711 ///  'refVars' vector so that we know what the reference variable "trail" was.
7712 ///
7713 ///  EvalAddr processes expressions that are pointers that are used as
7714 ///  references (and not L-values).  EvalVal handles all other values.
7715 ///  At the base case of the recursion is a check for the above problematic
7716 ///  expressions.
7717 ///
7718 ///  This implementation handles:
7719 ///
7720 ///   * pointer-to-pointer casts
7721 ///   * implicit conversions from array references to pointers
7722 ///   * taking the address of fields
7723 ///   * arbitrary interplay between "&" and "*" operators
7724 ///   * pointer arithmetic from an address of a stack variable
7725 ///   * taking the address of an array element where the array is on the stack
7726 static const Expr *EvalAddr(const Expr *E,
7727                             SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7728                             const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7729   if (E->isTypeDependent())
7730     return nullptr;
7731 
7732   // We should only be called for evaluating pointer expressions.
7733   assert((E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7734           E->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7735           E->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
7736          "EvalAddr only works on pointers");
7737 
7738   E = E->IgnoreParens();
7739 
7740   // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7741   // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7742   // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7743   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7744   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7745     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7746 
7747     // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7748     if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7749       return nullptr;
7750 
7751     if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
7752       // If this is a reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7753       // it points to.
7754       if (V->hasLocalStorage() &&
7755           V->getType()->isReferenceType() && V->hasInit()) {
7756         // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7757         refVars.push_back(DR);
7758         return EvalAddr(V->getInit(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7759       }
7760 
7761     return nullptr;
7762   }
7763 
7764   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7765     // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7766     // is AddrOf.  All others don't make sense as pointers.
7767     const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7768 
7769     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
7770       return EvalVal(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7771     return nullptr;
7772   }
7773 
7774   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
7775     // Handle pointer arithmetic.  All other binary operators are not valid
7776     // in this context.
7777     const BinaryOperator *B = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7778     BinaryOperatorKind op = B->getOpcode();
7779 
7780     if (op != BO_Add && op != BO_Sub)
7781       return nullptr;
7782 
7783     const Expr *Base = B->getLHS();
7784 
7785     // Determine which argument is the real pointer base.  It could be
7786     // the RHS argument instead of the LHS.
7787     if (!Base->getType()->isPointerType())
7788       Base = B->getRHS();
7789 
7790     assert(Base->getType()->isPointerType());
7791     return EvalAddr(Base, refVars, ParentDecl);
7792   }
7793 
7794   // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7795   // valid DeclRefExpr*s.  If one of them is valid, we return it.
7796   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7797     const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7798 
7799     // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7800     // FIXME: That isn't a ConditionalOperator, so doesn't get here.
7801     if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7802       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7803       if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7804         if (const Expr *LHS = EvalAddr(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7805           return LHS;
7806     }
7807 
7808     // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7809     if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7810       return nullptr;
7811 
7812     return EvalAddr(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7813   }
7814 
7815   case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
7816     if (cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
7817       return E; // local block.
7818     return nullptr;
7819 
7820   case Stmt::AddrLabelExprClass:
7821     return E; // address of label.
7822 
7823   case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7824     return EvalAddr(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7825                     ParentDecl);
7826 
7827   // For casts, we need to handle conversions from arrays to
7828   // pointer values, and pointer-to-pointer conversions.
7829   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7830   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
7831   case Stmt::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
7832   case Stmt::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass:
7833   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
7834   case Stmt::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
7835   case Stmt::CXXConstCastExprClass:
7836   case Stmt::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass: {
7837     const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7838     switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
7839     case CK_LValueToRValue:
7840     case CK_NoOp:
7841     case CK_BaseToDerived:
7842     case CK_DerivedToBase:
7843     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
7844     case CK_Dynamic:
7845     case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7846     case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
7847     case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
7848       return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7849 
7850     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
7851       return EvalVal(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7852 
7853     case CK_BitCast:
7854       if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7855           SubExpr->getType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
7856           SubExpr->getType()->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
7857         return EvalAddr(SubExpr, refVars, ParentDecl);
7858       else
7859         return nullptr;
7860 
7861     default:
7862       return nullptr;
7863     }
7864   }
7865 
7866   case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
7867     if (const Expr *Result =
7868             EvalAddr(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
7869                      refVars, ParentDecl))
7870       return Result;
7871     return E;
7872 
7873   // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
7874   default:
7875     return nullptr;
7876   }
7877 }
7878 
7879 ///  EvalVal - This function is complements EvalAddr in the mutual recursion.
7880 ///   See the comments for EvalAddr for more details.
7881 static const Expr *EvalVal(const Expr *E,
7882                            SmallVectorImpl<const DeclRefExpr *> &refVars,
7883                            const Decl *ParentDecl) {
7884   do {
7885     // We should only be called for evaluating non-pointer expressions, or
7886     // expressions with a pointer type that are not used as references but
7887     // instead
7888     // are l-values (e.g., DeclRefExpr with a pointer type).
7889 
7890     // Our "symbolic interpreter" is just a dispatch off the currently
7891     // viewed AST node.  We then recursively traverse the AST by calling
7892     // EvalAddr and EvalVal appropriately.
7893 
7894     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7895     switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7896     case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
7897       const ImplicitCastExpr *IE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
7898       if (IE->getValueKind() == VK_LValue) {
7899         E = IE->getSubExpr();
7900         continue;
7901       }
7902       return nullptr;
7903     }
7904 
7905     case Stmt::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
7906       return EvalVal(cast<ExprWithCleanups>(E)->getSubExpr(), refVars,
7907                      ParentDecl);
7908 
7909     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
7910       // When we hit a DeclRefExpr we are looking at code that refers to a
7911       // variable's name. If it's not a reference variable we check if it has
7912       // local storage within the function, and if so, return the expression.
7913       const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7914 
7915       // If we leave the immediate function, the lifetime isn't about to end.
7916       if (DR->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture())
7917         return nullptr;
7918 
7919       if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
7920         // Check if it refers to itself, e.g. "int& i = i;".
7921         if (V == ParentDecl)
7922           return DR;
7923 
7924         if (V->hasLocalStorage()) {
7925           if (!V->getType()->isReferenceType())
7926             return DR;
7927 
7928           // Reference variable, follow through to the expression that
7929           // it points to.
7930           if (V->hasInit()) {
7931             // Add the reference variable to the "trail".
7932             refVars.push_back(DR);
7933             return EvalVal(V->getInit(), refVars, V);
7934           }
7935         }
7936       }
7937 
7938       return nullptr;
7939     }
7940 
7941     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7942       // The only unary operator that make sense to handle here
7943       // is Deref.  All others don't resolve to a "name."  This includes
7944       // handling all sorts of rvalues passed to a unary operator.
7945       const UnaryOperator *U = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7946 
7947       if (U->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7948         return EvalAddr(U->getSubExpr(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7949 
7950       return nullptr;
7951     }
7952 
7953     case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7954       // Array subscripts are potential references to data on the stack.  We
7955       // retrieve the DeclRefExpr* for the array variable if it indeed
7956       // has local storage.
7957       const auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
7958       if (ASE->isTypeDependent())
7959         return nullptr;
7960       return EvalAddr(ASE->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7961     }
7962 
7963     case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
7964       return EvalAddr(cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(E)->getBase(), refVars,
7965                       ParentDecl);
7966     }
7967 
7968     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
7969       // For conditional operators we need to see if either the LHS or RHS are
7970       // non-NULL Expr's.  If one is non-NULL, we return it.
7971       const ConditionalOperator *C = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
7972 
7973       // Handle the GNU extension for missing LHS.
7974       if (const Expr *LHSExpr = C->getLHS()) {
7975         // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7976         if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7977           if (const Expr *LHS = EvalVal(LHSExpr, refVars, ParentDecl))
7978             return LHS;
7979       }
7980 
7981       // In C++, we can have a throw-expression, which has 'void' type.
7982       if (C->getRHS()->getType()->isVoidType())
7983         return nullptr;
7984 
7985       return EvalVal(C->getRHS(), refVars, ParentDecl);
7986     }
7987 
7988     // Accesses to members are potential references to data on the stack.
7989     case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
7990       const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7991 
7992       // Check for indirect access.  We only want direct field accesses.
7993       if (M->isArrow())
7994         return nullptr;
7995 
7996       // Check whether the member type is itself a reference, in which case
7997       // we're not going to refer to the member, but to what the member refers
7998       // to.
7999       if (M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
8000         return nullptr;
8001 
8002       return EvalVal(M->getBase(), refVars, ParentDecl);
8003     }
8004 
8005     case Stmt::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
8006       if (const Expr *Result =
8007               EvalVal(cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->GetTemporaryExpr(),
8008                       refVars, ParentDecl))
8009         return Result;
8010       return E;
8011 
8012     default:
8013       // Check that we don't return or take the address of a reference to a
8014       // temporary. This is only useful in C++.
8015       if (!E->isTypeDependent() && E->isRValue())
8016         return E;
8017 
8018       // Everything else: we simply don't reason about them.
8019       return nullptr;
8020     }
8021   } while (true);
8022 }
8023 
8024 void
8025 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8026                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8027                          bool isObjCMethod,
8028                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
8029                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
8030   CheckReturnStackAddr(*this, RetValExp, lhsType, ReturnLoc);
8031 
8032   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
8033   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
8034        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(Context, lhsType))) &&
8035       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
8036     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
8037       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
8038 
8039   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
8040   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
8041   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
8042   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
8043   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
8044   if (FD) {
8045     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
8046     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
8047       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
8048         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8049       if (!Proto->isNothrow(Context, /*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
8050           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
8051         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
8052           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
8053     }
8054   }
8055 }
8056 
8057 //===--- CHECK: Floating-Point comparisons (-Wfloat-equal) ---------------===//
8058 
8059 /// Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
8060 /// Issue a warning if these are no self-comparisons, as they are not likely
8061 /// to do what the programmer intended.
8062 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr *RHS) {
8063   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8064   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8065 
8066   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
8067   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
8068   if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
8069     if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
8070       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
8071         return;
8072 
8073   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
8074   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
8075   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
8076   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
8077   //  lead to false negatives.
8078   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
8079     if (FLL->isExact())
8080       return;
8081   } else
8082     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
8083       if (FLR->isExact())
8084         return;
8085 
8086   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
8087   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
8088     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
8089       return;
8090 
8091   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
8092     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
8093       return;
8094 
8095   // Emit the diagnostic.
8096   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
8097     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
8098 }
8099 
8100 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
8101 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
8102 
8103 namespace {
8104 
8105 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
8106 /// expression.
8107 struct IntRange {
8108   /// The number of bits active in the int.
8109   unsigned Width;
8110 
8111   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values.
8112   bool NonNegative;
8113 
8114   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
8115     : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative)
8116   {}
8117 
8118   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
8119   static IntRange forBoolType() {
8120     return IntRange(1, true);
8121   }
8122 
8123   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
8124   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
8125     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
8126                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
8127   }
8128 
8129   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
8130   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
8131     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
8132 
8133     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
8134       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8135     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
8136       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8137     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
8138       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
8139 
8140     // For enum types, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
8141     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
8142       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
8143       if (!Enum->isCompleteDefinition())
8144         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), false);
8145 
8146       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
8147       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
8148 
8149       if (NumNegative == 0)
8150         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
8151       else
8152         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
8153                         false/*NonNegative*/);
8154     }
8155 
8156     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
8157     assert(BT->isInteger());
8158 
8159     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
8160   }
8161 
8162   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
8163   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
8164   ///
8165   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
8166   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
8167   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
8168     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
8169 
8170     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
8171       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8172     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
8173       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
8174     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
8175       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
8176     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
8177       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
8178 
8179     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
8180     assert(BT->isInteger());
8181 
8182     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
8183   }
8184 
8185   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
8186   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
8187     return IntRange(std::max(L.Width, R.Width),
8188                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8189   }
8190 
8191   /// Returns the infinum of two ranges: i.e. their aggressive merge.
8192   static IntRange meet(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
8193     return IntRange(std::min(L.Width, R.Width),
8194                     L.NonNegative || R.NonNegative);
8195   }
8196 };
8197 
8198 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value, unsigned MaxWidth) {
8199   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
8200     return IntRange(value.getMinSignedBits(), false);
8201 
8202   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
8203     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
8204 
8205   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
8206   // signedness.
8207   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
8208 }
8209 
8210 IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
8211                        unsigned MaxWidth) {
8212   if (result.isInt())
8213     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
8214 
8215   if (result.isVector()) {
8216     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
8217     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
8218       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
8219       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
8220     }
8221     return R;
8222   }
8223 
8224   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
8225     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
8226     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
8227     return IntRange::join(R, I);
8228   }
8229 
8230   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
8231   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
8232   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
8233   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
8234   // preserved this.
8235   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
8236   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8237 }
8238 
8239 QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
8240   QualType Ty = E->getType();
8241   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
8242     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
8243   return Ty;
8244 }
8245 
8246 /// Pseudo-evaluate the given integer expression, estimating the
8247 /// range of values it might take.
8248 ///
8249 /// \param MaxWidth - the width to which the value will be truncated
8250 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E, unsigned MaxWidth) {
8251   E = E->IgnoreParens();
8252 
8253   // Try a full evaluation first.
8254   Expr::EvalResult result;
8255   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C))
8256     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
8257 
8258   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
8259   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
8260   // being of the new, wider type.
8261   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8262     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8263       return GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8264 
8265     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
8266 
8267     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
8268                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
8269 
8270     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
8271     if (!isIntegerCast)
8272       return OutputTypeRange;
8273 
8274     IntRange SubRange
8275       = GetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(),
8276                      std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width));
8277 
8278     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
8279     if (SubRange.Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
8280       return OutputTypeRange;
8281 
8282     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
8283     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
8284     return IntRange(SubRange.Width,
8285                     SubRange.NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
8286   }
8287 
8288   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8289     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
8290     bool CondResult;
8291     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
8292       return GetExprRange(C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr()
8293                                         : CO->getFalseExpr(),
8294                           MaxWidth);
8295 
8296     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
8297     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, CO->getTrueExpr(), MaxWidth);
8298     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth);
8299     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8300   }
8301 
8302   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8303     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
8304 
8305     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
8306     case BO_LAnd:
8307     case BO_LOr:
8308     case BO_LT:
8309     case BO_GT:
8310     case BO_LE:
8311     case BO_GE:
8312     case BO_EQ:
8313     case BO_NE:
8314       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8315 
8316     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
8317     // is not necessarily the same type.
8318     case BO_MulAssign:
8319     case BO_DivAssign:
8320     case BO_RemAssign:
8321     case BO_AddAssign:
8322     case BO_SubAssign:
8323     case BO_XorAssign:
8324     case BO_OrAssign:
8325       // TODO: bitfields?
8326       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8327 
8328     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
8329     // been coerced to the LHS type.
8330     case BO_Assign:
8331       // TODO: bitfields?
8332       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8333 
8334     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8335     case BO_PtrMemD:
8336     case BO_PtrMemI:
8337       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8338 
8339     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
8340     case BO_And:
8341     case BO_AndAssign:
8342       return IntRange::meet(GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth),
8343                             GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth));
8344 
8345     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
8346     case BO_Shl:
8347       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
8348       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
8349       if (IntegerLiteral *I
8350             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
8351         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
8352           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8353           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
8354         }
8355       }
8356       // fallthrough
8357 
8358     case BO_ShlAssign:
8359       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8360 
8361     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
8362     case BO_Shr:
8363     case BO_ShrAssign: {
8364       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8365 
8366       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
8367       // that much.
8368       llvm::APSInt shift;
8369       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(shift, C) &&
8370           shift.isNonNegative()) {
8371         unsigned zext = shift.getZExtValue();
8372         if (zext >= L.Width)
8373           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8374         else
8375           L.Width -= zext;
8376       }
8377 
8378       return L;
8379     }
8380 
8381     // Comma acts as its right operand.
8382     case BO_Comma:
8383       return GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8384 
8385     // Black-list pointer subtractions.
8386     case BO_Sub:
8387       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
8388         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8389       break;
8390 
8391     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
8392     // of the LHS.
8393     case BO_Div: {
8394       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8395       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8396       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8397 
8398       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
8399       llvm::APSInt divisor;
8400       if (BO->getRHS()->isIntegerConstantExpr(divisor, C)) {
8401         unsigned log2 = divisor.logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
8402         if (log2 >= L.Width)
8403           L.Width = (L.NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
8404         else
8405           L.Width = std::min(L.Width - log2, MaxWidth);
8406         return L;
8407       }
8408 
8409       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
8410       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8411       return IntRange(L.Width, L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
8412     }
8413 
8414     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
8415     // either side.
8416     case BO_Rem: {
8417       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
8418       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
8419       IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth);
8420       IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth);
8421 
8422       IntRange meet = IntRange::meet(L, R);
8423       meet.Width = std::min(meet.Width, MaxWidth);
8424       return meet;
8425     }
8426 
8427     // The default behavior is okay for these.
8428     case BO_Mul:
8429     case BO_Add:
8430     case BO_Xor:
8431     case BO_Or:
8432       break;
8433     }
8434 
8435     // The default case is to treat the operation as if it were closed
8436     // on the narrowest type that encompasses both operands.
8437     IntRange L = GetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth);
8438     IntRange R = GetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth);
8439     return IntRange::join(L, R);
8440   }
8441 
8442   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
8443     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
8444     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
8445     case UO_LNot:
8446       return IntRange::forBoolType();
8447 
8448     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
8449     case UO_Deref:
8450     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
8451       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8452 
8453     default:
8454       return GetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth);
8455     }
8456   }
8457 
8458   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
8459     return GetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth);
8460 
8461   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
8462     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
8463                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
8464 
8465   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
8466 }
8467 
8468 IntRange GetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E) {
8469   return GetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)));
8470 }
8471 
8472 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8473 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8474 /// target semantics.
8475 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
8476                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8477                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8478   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
8479 
8480   bool ignored;
8481   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8482   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
8483 
8484   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
8485 }
8486 
8487 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
8488 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
8489 /// target semantics.
8490 ///
8491 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
8492 bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
8493                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
8494                           const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
8495   if (value.isFloat())
8496     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
8497 
8498   if (value.isVector()) {
8499     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
8500       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
8501         return false;
8502     return true;
8503   }
8504 
8505   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
8506   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
8507           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
8508 }
8509 
8510 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8511 
8512 bool IsZero(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
8513   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
8514   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
8515       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
8516     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
8517       return false;
8518 
8519   // Suppress cases where the '0' value is expanded from a macro.
8520   if (E->getLocStart().isMacroID())
8521     return false;
8522 
8523   llvm::APSInt Value;
8524   return E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, S.Context) && Value == 0;
8525 }
8526 
8527 bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
8528   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
8529   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
8530     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
8531         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
8532       break;
8533     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
8534   }
8535 
8536   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
8537 }
8538 
8539 void CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8540   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8541   if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
8542     return;
8543 
8544   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8545   if (E->isValueDependent())
8546     return;
8547 
8548   if (op == BO_LT && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8549     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8550       << "< 0" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8551       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8552   } else if (op == BO_GE && IsZero(S, E->getRHS())) {
8553     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_lunsigned_always_true_comparison)
8554       << ">= 0" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getLHS())
8555       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8556   } else if (op == BO_GT && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8557     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8558       << "0 >" << "false" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8559       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8560   } else if (op == BO_LE && IsZero(S, E->getLHS())) {
8561     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_runsigned_always_true_comparison)
8562       << "0 <=" << "true" << HasEnumType(E->getRHS())
8563       << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
8564   }
8565 }
8566 
8567 void DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E, Expr *Constant,
8568                                   Expr *Other, const llvm::APSInt &Value,
8569                                   bool RhsConstant) {
8570   // Disable warning in template instantiations.
8571   if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
8572     return;
8573 
8574   // TODO: Investigate using GetExprRange() to get tighter bounds
8575   // on the bit ranges.
8576   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
8577   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
8578     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
8579   IntRange OtherRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
8580   unsigned OtherWidth = OtherRange.Width;
8581 
8582   bool OtherIsBooleanType = Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
8583 
8584   // 0 values are handled later by CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison().
8585   if ((Value == 0) && (!OtherIsBooleanType))
8586     return;
8587 
8588   BinaryOperatorKind op = E->getOpcode();
8589   bool IsTrue = true;
8590 
8591   // Used for diagnostic printout.
8592   enum {
8593     LiteralConstant = 0,
8594     CXXBoolLiteralTrue,
8595     CXXBoolLiteralFalse
8596   } LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8597 
8598   if (!OtherIsBooleanType) {
8599     QualType ConstantT = Constant->getType();
8600     QualType CommonT = E->getLHS()->getType();
8601 
8602     if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(OtherT, ConstantT))
8603       return;
8604     assert((OtherT->isIntegerType() && ConstantT->isIntegerType()) &&
8605            "comparison with non-integer type");
8606 
8607     bool ConstantSigned = ConstantT->isSignedIntegerType();
8608     bool CommonSigned = CommonT->isSignedIntegerType();
8609 
8610     bool EqualityOnly = false;
8611 
8612     if (CommonSigned) {
8613       // The common type is signed, therefore no signed to unsigned conversion.
8614       if (!OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8615         // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8616         if (ConstantSigned) {
8617           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getMinSignedBits())
8618             return;
8619         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8620           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits() + 1)
8621             return;
8622         }
8623       } else { // !OtherSigned
8624                // Check that the constant is representable in type OtherT.
8625         // Negative values are out of range.
8626         if (ConstantSigned) {
8627           if (Value.isNonNegative() && OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8628             return;
8629         } else { // !ConstantSigned
8630           if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8631             return;
8632         }
8633       }
8634     } else { // !CommonSigned
8635       if (OtherRange.NonNegative) {
8636         if (OtherWidth >= Value.getActiveBits())
8637           return;
8638       } else { // OtherSigned
8639         assert(!ConstantSigned &&
8640                "Two signed types converted to unsigned types.");
8641         // Check to see if the constant is representable in OtherT.
8642         if (OtherWidth > Value.getActiveBits())
8643           return;
8644         // Check to see if the constant is equivalent to a negative value
8645         // cast to CommonT.
8646         if (S.Context.getIntWidth(ConstantT) ==
8647                 S.Context.getIntWidth(CommonT) &&
8648             Value.isNegative() && Value.getMinSignedBits() <= OtherWidth)
8649           return;
8650         // The constant value rests between values that OtherT can represent
8651         // after conversion.  Relational comparison still works, but equality
8652         // comparisons will be tautological.
8653         EqualityOnly = true;
8654       }
8655     }
8656 
8657     bool PositiveConstant = !ConstantSigned || Value.isNonNegative();
8658 
8659     if (op == BO_EQ || op == BO_NE) {
8660       IsTrue = op == BO_NE;
8661     } else if (EqualityOnly) {
8662       return;
8663     } else if (RhsConstant) {
8664       if (op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE)
8665         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8666       else // op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE
8667         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8668     } else {
8669       if (op == BO_LT || op == BO_LE)
8670         IsTrue = !PositiveConstant;
8671       else // op == BO_GT || op == BO_GE
8672         IsTrue = PositiveConstant;
8673     }
8674   } else {
8675     // Other isKnownToHaveBooleanValue
8676     enum CompareBoolWithConstantResult { AFals, ATrue, Unkwn };
8677     enum ConstantValue { LT_Zero, Zero, One, GT_One, SizeOfConstVal };
8678     enum ConstantSide { Lhs, Rhs, SizeOfConstSides };
8679 
8680     static const struct LinkedConditions {
8681       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8682       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GT_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8683       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_LE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8684       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_GE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8685       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_EQ_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8686       CompareBoolWithConstantResult BO_NE_OP[SizeOfConstSides][SizeOfConstVal];
8687 
8688     } TruthTable = {
8689         // Constant on LHS.              | Constant on RHS.              |
8690         // LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One| LT_Zero| Zero  | One   |GT_One|
8691         { { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals }, { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue } },
8692         { { AFals, AFals, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, AFals, AFals } },
8693         { { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue } },
8694         { { AFals, Unkwn, ATrue, ATrue }, { ATrue, ATrue, Unkwn, AFals } },
8695         { { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals }, { AFals, Unkwn, Unkwn, AFals } },
8696         { { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue }, { ATrue, Unkwn, Unkwn, ATrue } }
8697       };
8698 
8699     bool ConstantIsBoolLiteral = isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant);
8700 
8701     enum ConstantValue ConstVal = Zero;
8702     if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
8703       if (Value == 0) {
8704         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8705             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralFalse : LiteralConstant;
8706         ConstVal = Zero;
8707       } else if (Value == 1) {
8708         LiteralOrBoolConstant =
8709             ConstantIsBoolLiteral ? CXXBoolLiteralTrue : LiteralConstant;
8710         ConstVal = One;
8711       } else {
8712         LiteralOrBoolConstant = LiteralConstant;
8713         ConstVal = GT_One;
8714       }
8715     } else {
8716       ConstVal = LT_Zero;
8717     }
8718 
8719     CompareBoolWithConstantResult CmpRes;
8720 
8721     switch (op) {
8722     case BO_LT:
8723       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8724       break;
8725     case BO_GT:
8726       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GT_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8727       break;
8728     case BO_LE:
8729       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_LE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8730       break;
8731     case BO_GE:
8732       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_GE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8733       break;
8734     case BO_EQ:
8735       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_EQ_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8736       break;
8737     case BO_NE:
8738       CmpRes = TruthTable.BO_NE_OP[RhsConstant][ConstVal];
8739       break;
8740     default:
8741       CmpRes = Unkwn;
8742       break;
8743     }
8744 
8745     if (CmpRes == AFals) {
8746       IsTrue = false;
8747     } else if (CmpRes == ATrue) {
8748       IsTrue = true;
8749     } else {
8750       return;
8751     }
8752   }
8753 
8754   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
8755   // constant in the diagnostic.
8756   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
8757   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
8758     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
8759 
8760   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
8761   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
8762   if (ED)
8763     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
8764   else
8765     OS << Value;
8766 
8767   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
8768     E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8769     S.PDiag(diag::warn_out_of_range_compare)
8770         << OS.str() << LiteralOrBoolConstant
8771         << OtherT << (OtherIsBooleanType && !OtherT->isBooleanType()) << IsTrue
8772         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
8773 }
8774 
8775 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
8776 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
8777 void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8778   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8779   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
8780 }
8781 
8782 /// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
8783 ///
8784 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
8785 void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
8786   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
8787   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
8788 
8789   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
8790   // the same type.
8791   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
8792     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8793 
8794   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
8795   if (E->isValueDependent())
8796     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8797 
8798   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8799   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8800 
8801   bool IsComparisonConstant = false;
8802 
8803   // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
8804   // of 'true' or 'false'.
8805   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
8806     llvm::APSInt RHSValue;
8807     bool IsRHSIntegralLiteral =
8808       RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(RHSValue, S.Context);
8809     llvm::APSInt LHSValue;
8810     bool IsLHSIntegralLiteral =
8811       LHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(LHSValue, S.Context);
8812     if (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && !IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8813         DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, RHS, LHS, RHSValue, true);
8814     else if (!IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral)
8815       DiagnoseOutOfRangeComparison(S, E, LHS, RHS, LHSValue, false);
8816     else
8817       IsComparisonConstant =
8818         (IsRHSIntegralLiteral && IsLHSIntegralLiteral);
8819   } else if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
8820       IsComparisonConstant = E->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
8821 
8822   // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
8823   // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
8824   // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
8825   //
8826   // We also don't care about value-dependent expressions or expressions
8827   // whose result is a constant.
8828   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || IsComparisonConstant)
8829     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8830 
8831   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
8832   // signedness.
8833   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
8834   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8835     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
8836            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
8837     signedOperand = LHS;
8838     unsignedOperand = RHS;
8839   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
8840     signedOperand = RHS;
8841     unsignedOperand = LHS;
8842   } else {
8843     CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8844     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
8845   }
8846 
8847   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
8848   IntRange signedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand);
8849 
8850   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
8851   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
8852   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8853   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
8854 
8855   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire,
8856   // but we should still check for comparisons which are always true
8857   // or false.
8858   if (signedRange.NonNegative)
8859     return CheckTrivialUnsignedComparison(S, E);
8860 
8861   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
8862   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
8863   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
8864   // change the result of the comparison.
8865   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
8866     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
8867     IntRange unsignedRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, unsignedOperand);
8868 
8869     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
8870     // non-negative.
8871     assert(unsignedRange.NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
8872 
8873     if (unsignedRange.Width < comparisonWidth)
8874       return;
8875   }
8876 
8877   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
8878     S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
8879       << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
8880       << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
8881 }
8882 
8883 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
8884 ///
8885 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
8886 bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
8887                                SourceLocation InitLoc) {
8888   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
8889   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
8890     return false;
8891 
8892   // White-list bool bitfields.
8893   QualType BitfieldType = Bitfield->getType();
8894   if (BitfieldType->isBooleanType())
8895      return false;
8896 
8897   if (BitfieldType->isEnumeralType()) {
8898     EnumDecl *BitfieldEnumDecl = BitfieldType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
8899     // If the underlying enum type was not explicitly specified as an unsigned
8900     // type and the enum contain only positive values, MSVC++ will cause an
8901     // inconsistency by storing this as a signed type.
8902     if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
8903         !BitfieldEnumDecl->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() &&
8904         BitfieldEnumDecl->getNumPositiveBits() > 0 &&
8905         BitfieldEnumDecl->getNumNegativeBits() == 0) {
8906       S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_no_underlying_type_specified_for_enum_bitfield)
8907         << BitfieldEnumDecl->getNameAsString();
8908     }
8909   }
8910 
8911   if (Bitfield->getType()->isBooleanType())
8912     return false;
8913 
8914   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
8915   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
8916       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
8917       Init->isValueDependent() ||
8918       Init->isTypeDependent())
8919     return false;
8920 
8921   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8922   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
8923 
8924   llvm::APSInt Value;
8925   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context,
8926                                    Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
8927     // The RHS is not constant.  If the RHS has an enum type, make sure the
8928     // bitfield is wide enough to hold all the values of the enum without
8929     // truncation.
8930     if (const auto *EnumTy = OriginalInit->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
8931       EnumDecl *ED = EnumTy->getDecl();
8932       bool SignedBitfield = BitfieldType->isSignedIntegerType();
8933 
8934       // Enum types are implicitly signed on Windows, so check if there are any
8935       // negative enumerators to see if the enum was intended to be signed or
8936       // not.
8937       bool SignedEnum = ED->getNumNegativeBits() > 0;
8938 
8939       // Check for surprising sign changes when assigning enum values to a
8940       // bitfield of different signedness.  If the bitfield is signed and we
8941       // have exactly the right number of bits to store this unsigned enum,
8942       // suggest changing the enum to an unsigned type. This typically happens
8943       // on Windows where unfixed enums always use an underlying type of 'int'.
8944       unsigned DiagID = 0;
8945       if (SignedEnum && !SignedBitfield) {
8946         DiagID = diag::warn_unsigned_bitfield_assigned_signed_enum;
8947       } else if (SignedBitfield && !SignedEnum &&
8948                  ED->getNumPositiveBits() == FieldWidth) {
8949         DiagID = diag::warn_signed_bitfield_enum_conversion;
8950       }
8951 
8952       if (DiagID) {
8953         S.Diag(InitLoc, DiagID) << Bitfield << ED;
8954         TypeSourceInfo *TSI = Bitfield->getTypeSourceInfo();
8955         SourceRange TypeRange =
8956             TSI ? TSI->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
8957         S.Diag(Bitfield->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_change_bitfield_sign)
8958             << SignedEnum << TypeRange;
8959       }
8960 
8961       // Compute the required bitwidth. If the enum has negative values, we need
8962       // one more bit than the normal number of positive bits to represent the
8963       // sign bit.
8964       unsigned BitsNeeded = SignedEnum ? std::max(ED->getNumPositiveBits() + 1,
8965                                                   ED->getNumNegativeBits())
8966                                        : ED->getNumPositiveBits();
8967 
8968       // Check the bitwidth.
8969       if (BitsNeeded > FieldWidth) {
8970         Expr *WidthExpr = Bitfield->getBitWidth();
8971         S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_too_small_for_enum)
8972             << Bitfield << ED;
8973         S.Diag(WidthExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::note_widen_bitfield)
8974             << BitsNeeded << ED << WidthExpr->getSourceRange();
8975       }
8976     }
8977 
8978     return false;
8979   }
8980 
8981   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
8982 
8983   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
8984     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
8985       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
8986         OriginalWidth = Value.getMinSignedBits();
8987 
8988   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
8989     return false;
8990 
8991   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
8992   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
8993   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(BitfieldType->isSignedIntegerType());
8994 
8995   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
8996   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
8997   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
8998     return false;
8999 
9000   // Special-case bitfields of width 1: booleans are naturally 0/1, and
9001   // therefore don't strictly fit into a signed bitfield of width 1.
9002   if (FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1)
9003     return false;
9004 
9005   std::string PrettyValue = Value.toString(10);
9006   std::string PrettyTrunc = TruncatedValue.toString(10);
9007 
9008   S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
9009     << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
9010     << Init->getSourceRange();
9011 
9012   return true;
9013 }
9014 
9015 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
9016 /// operations.
9017 void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
9018   // Just recurse on the LHS.
9019   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
9020 
9021   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
9022   // a bitfield.
9023   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
9024     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
9025                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
9026       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
9027       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9028                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
9029     }
9030   }
9031 
9032   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
9033 }
9034 
9035 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
9036 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
9037                      SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
9038                      bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
9039   if (pruneControlFlow) {
9040     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9041                           S.PDiag(diag)
9042                             << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
9043                             << SourceRange(CContext));
9044     return;
9045   }
9046   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
9047     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
9048 }
9049 
9050 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
9051 void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CContext,
9052                      unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
9053   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
9054 }
9055 
9056 
9057 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
9058 void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9059 
9060                              SourceLocation CContext) {
9061   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
9062   const bool PruneWarnings = S.inTemplateInstantiation();
9063 
9064   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9065   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
9066   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
9067     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
9068       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9069 
9070   const bool IsLiteral =
9071       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
9072 
9073   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
9074   bool IsConstant =
9075     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
9076   if (!IsConstant) {
9077     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9078                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9079   }
9080 
9081   bool isExact = false;
9082 
9083   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
9084                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
9085   if (Value.convertToInteger(IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
9086                              &isExact) == llvm::APFloat::opOK &&
9087       isExact) {
9088     if (IsLiteral) return;
9089     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
9090                            PruneWarnings);
9091   }
9092 
9093   unsigned DiagID = 0;
9094   if (IsLiteral) {
9095     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
9096     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
9097   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
9098     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
9099       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9100                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9101     }
9102     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
9103     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
9104   } else {
9105     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
9106       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
9107         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9108                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9109       }
9110     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
9111       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
9112           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
9113         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
9114                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
9115       }
9116     }
9117     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
9118     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
9119   }
9120 
9121   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
9122   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
9123   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
9124   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
9125   // tricky to implement.
9126   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
9127   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
9128   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
9129   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
9130 
9131   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
9132   if (IsBool)
9133     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
9134   else
9135     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
9136 
9137   if (PruneWarnings) {
9138     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9139                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
9140                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
9141                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9142                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
9143   } else {
9144     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
9145         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
9146         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
9147   }
9148 }
9149 
9150 std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value, IntRange Range) {
9151   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
9152 
9153   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
9154   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
9155   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
9156   return ValueInRange.toString(10);
9157 }
9158 
9159 bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
9160   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
9161     return false;
9162 
9163   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9164   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
9165   const Type *Source =
9166     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
9167   if (Target->isDependentType())
9168     return false;
9169 
9170   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
9171     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
9172   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
9173 
9174   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
9175           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
9176 }
9177 
9178 void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
9179                                       SourceLocation CC) {
9180   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
9181   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
9182     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
9183     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
9184       continue;
9185 
9186     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
9187         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
9188     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
9189         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
9190     if (IsSwapped) {
9191       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
9192       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9193                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
9194                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9195     }
9196   }
9197 }
9198 
9199 void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC) {
9200   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
9201                         E->getExprLoc()))
9202     return;
9203 
9204   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
9205   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
9206     return;
9207 
9208   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
9209   const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
9210       E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
9211   if (NullKind != Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && NullKind != Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr)
9212     return;
9213 
9214   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
9215   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
9216       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
9217     return;
9218 
9219   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
9220 
9221   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
9222   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
9223   // passed in.
9224   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(Loc))
9225     Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9226 
9227   while (S.SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(CC))
9228     CC = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CC);
9229 
9230   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
9231   if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_GNUNull && Loc.isMacroID()) {
9232     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
9233         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
9234     if (MacroName == "NULL")
9235       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).first;
9236   }
9237 
9238   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
9239   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
9240     return;
9241 
9242   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
9243       << (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr) << T << clang::SourceRange(CC)
9244       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
9245                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
9246 }
9247 
9248 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9249                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral);
9250 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9251                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral);
9252 
9253 /// Check a single element within a collection literal against the
9254 /// target element type.
9255 void checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(Sema &S, QualType TargetElementType,
9256                                        Expr *Element, unsigned ElementKind) {
9257   // Skip a bitcast to 'id' or qualified 'id'.
9258   if (auto ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Element)) {
9259     if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast &&
9260         ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
9261       Element = ICE->getSubExpr();
9262   }
9263 
9264   QualType ElementType = Element->getType();
9265   ExprResult ElementResult(Element);
9266   if (ElementType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
9267       S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(TargetElementType,
9268                                          ElementResult,
9269                                          false, false)
9270         != Sema::Compatible) {
9271     S.Diag(Element->getLocStart(),
9272            diag::warn_objc_collection_literal_element)
9273       << ElementType << ElementKind << TargetElementType
9274       << Element->getSourceRange();
9275   }
9276 
9277   if (auto ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(Element))
9278     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, TargetElementType, ArrayLiteral);
9279   else if (auto DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(Element))
9280     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, TargetElementType, DictionaryLiteral);
9281 }
9282 
9283 /// Check an Objective-C array literal being converted to the given
9284 /// target type.
9285 void checkObjCArrayLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9286                            ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLiteral) {
9287   if (!S.NSArrayDecl)
9288     return;
9289 
9290   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9291   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
9292     return;
9293 
9294   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
9295       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
9296         != S.NSArrayDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
9297     return;
9298 
9299   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
9300   if (TypeArgs.size() != 1)
9301     return;
9302 
9303   QualType TargetElementType = TypeArgs[0];
9304   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ArrayLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
9305     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetElementType,
9306                                       ArrayLiteral->getElement(I),
9307                                       0);
9308   }
9309 }
9310 
9311 /// Check an Objective-C dictionary literal being converted to the given
9312 /// target type.
9313 void checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(Sema &S, QualType TargetType,
9314                                 ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictionaryLiteral) {
9315   if (!S.NSDictionaryDecl)
9316     return;
9317 
9318   const auto *TargetObjCPtr = TargetType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
9319   if (!TargetObjCPtr)
9320     return;
9321 
9322   if (TargetObjCPtr->isUnspecialized() ||
9323       TargetObjCPtr->getInterfaceDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()
9324         != S.NSDictionaryDecl->getCanonicalDecl())
9325     return;
9326 
9327   auto TypeArgs = TargetObjCPtr->getTypeArgs();
9328   if (TypeArgs.size() != 2)
9329     return;
9330 
9331   QualType TargetKeyType = TypeArgs[0];
9332   QualType TargetObjectType = TypeArgs[1];
9333   for (unsigned I = 0, N = DictionaryLiteral->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
9334     auto Element = DictionaryLiteral->getKeyValueElement(I);
9335     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetKeyType, Element.Key, 1);
9336     checkObjCCollectionLiteralElement(S, TargetObjectType, Element.Value, 2);
9337   }
9338 }
9339 
9340 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
9341 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
9342 bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9343                                    SourceLocation CC) {
9344   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
9345   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
9346   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
9347   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9348     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
9349         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getLocStart())[0];
9350     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
9351       return false;
9352   }
9353 
9354   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
9355   // assume it is an array initialization.
9356   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
9357     const char FirstContextCharacter =
9358         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
9359     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
9360       return false;
9361   }
9362 
9363   return true;
9364 }
9365 
9366 void CheckImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9367                              SourceLocation CC, bool *ICContext = nullptr) {
9368   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
9369 
9370   const Type *Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
9371   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
9372   if (Source == Target) return;
9373   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
9374 
9375   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
9376   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
9377   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
9378   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
9379   // scenario, we just return.
9380   if (CC.isInvalid())
9381     return;
9382 
9383   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
9384   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
9385     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
9386       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
9387       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
9388       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
9389       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9390                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
9391     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
9392         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
9393       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
9394       // objects.
9395       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9396                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
9397     }
9398     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
9399       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
9400       S.DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
9401                                      SourceRange(CC));
9402     }
9403   }
9404 
9405   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
9406   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
9407   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
9408     checkObjCArrayLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
9409   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
9410     checkObjCDictionaryLiteral(S, QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
9411 
9412   // Strip vector types.
9413   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
9414     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
9415       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9416         return;
9417       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
9418     }
9419 
9420     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
9421     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
9422     if (S.Context.getTypeSize(Source) == S.Context.getTypeSize(Target))
9423       return;
9424 
9425     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9426     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9427   }
9428   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
9429     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9430 
9431   // Strip complex types.
9432   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
9433     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
9434       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9435         return;
9436 
9437       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
9438     }
9439 
9440     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9441     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9442   }
9443 
9444   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
9445   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
9446 
9447   // If the source is floating point...
9448   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
9449     // ...and the target is floating point...
9450     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
9451       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
9452 
9453       // Builtin FP kinds are ordered by increasing FP rank.
9454       if (SourceBT->getKind() > TargetBT->getKind()) {
9455         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
9456         // representable in the target type.
9457         Expr::EvalResult result;
9458         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, S.Context)) {
9459           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
9460           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(result.Val,
9461                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
9462                    S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
9463             return;
9464         }
9465 
9466         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9467           return;
9468 
9469         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
9470       }
9471       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
9472       else if (TargetBT->getKind() > SourceBT->getKind()) {
9473         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9474           return;
9475 
9476         DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
9477       }
9478       return;
9479     }
9480 
9481     // If the target is integral, always warn.
9482     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
9483       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9484         return;
9485 
9486       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(S, E, T, CC);
9487     }
9488 
9489     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
9490     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
9491     // discover this typo:
9492     //
9493     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
9494     //
9495     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
9496     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
9497     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
9498       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
9499       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
9500       // is being cast to.
9501       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
9502       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
9503         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
9504         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9505         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
9506             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
9507           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
9508           DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC,
9509                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
9510         }
9511       }
9512     }
9513     return;
9514   }
9515 
9516   DiagnoseNullConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9517 
9518   S.DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
9519 
9520   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
9521     return;
9522 
9523   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
9524   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
9525   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
9526     return;
9527 
9528   IntRange SourceRange = GetExprRange(S.Context, E);
9529   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(S.Context, Target);
9530 
9531   if (SourceRange.Width > TargetRange.Width) {
9532     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
9533     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
9534     llvm::APSInt Value(32);
9535     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
9536       if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9537         return;
9538 
9539       std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9540       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9541 
9542       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
9543         S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9544             << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
9545             << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
9546             << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9547       return;
9548     }
9549 
9550     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
9551     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9552       return;
9553 
9554     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && S.Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
9555       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
9556                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
9557     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
9558   }
9559 
9560   if (TargetRange.Width == SourceRange.Width && !TargetRange.NonNegative &&
9561       SourceRange.NonNegative && Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
9562     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
9563     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
9564     // cause a negative value to be stored.
9565 
9566     llvm::APSInt Value;
9567     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
9568         !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
9569       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(S, E, T, CC)) {
9570         std::string PrettySourceValue = Value.toString(10);
9571         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
9572 
9573         S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9574             E->getExprLoc(), E,
9575             S.PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
9576                 << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
9577                 << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
9578         return;
9579       }
9580     }
9581 
9582     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
9583   }
9584 
9585   if ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !SourceRange.NonNegative) ||
9586       (!TargetRange.NonNegative && SourceRange.NonNegative &&
9587        SourceRange.Width == TargetRange.Width)) {
9588     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9589       return;
9590 
9591     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
9592 
9593     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
9594     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
9595     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
9596     // in the sign-compare group.
9597     // The conditional-checking code will
9598     if (ICContext) {
9599       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
9600       *ICContext = true;
9601     }
9602 
9603     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CC, DiagID);
9604   }
9605 
9606   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
9607   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
9608   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
9609   QualType SourceType = E->getType();
9610   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9611     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
9612       if (EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
9613         EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9614         SourceType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
9615         Source = S.Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
9616       }
9617   }
9618 
9619   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
9620     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
9621       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9622           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
9623           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
9624         if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
9625           return;
9626 
9627         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, SourceType, T, CC,
9628                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
9629       }
9630 }
9631 
9632 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9633                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
9634 
9635 void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
9636                              SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
9637   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9638 
9639   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E))
9640     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, cast<ConditionalOperator>(E), CC, T);
9641 
9642   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9643   if (E->getType() != T)
9644     return CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC, &ICContext);
9645 }
9646 
9647 void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, ConditionalOperator *E,
9648                               SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
9649   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
9650 
9651   bool Suspicious = false;
9652   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getTrueExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9653   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
9654 
9655   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
9656   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
9657   if (!Suspicious) return;
9658 
9659   // ...but it's currently ignored...
9660   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
9661     return;
9662 
9663   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
9664   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
9665   if (E->getType() == T) return;
9666 
9667   Suspicious = false;
9668   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getTrueExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9669                           E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9670   if (!Suspicious)
9671     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
9672                             E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
9673 }
9674 
9675 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
9676 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
9677 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
9678   if (S.getLangOpts().Bool)
9679     return;
9680   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
9681 }
9682 
9683 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
9684 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
9685 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
9686 void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC) {
9687   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
9688   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9689 
9690   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
9691     return;
9692 
9693   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
9694   // were being fed directly into the output.
9695   if (isa<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9696     ConditionalOperator *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
9697     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
9698     return;
9699   }
9700 
9701   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
9702   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
9703     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
9704 
9705   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
9706   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
9707   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
9708   if (E->getType() != T)
9709     CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, T, CC);
9710 
9711   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
9712 
9713   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
9714     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
9715     // as transitive children.
9716     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
9717     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
9718       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
9719         AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC);
9720   }
9721 
9722   // Skip past explicit casts.
9723   if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
9724     E = cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9725     return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
9726   }
9727 
9728   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9729     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
9730     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
9731       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
9732 
9733     // And with simple assignments.
9734     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
9735       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
9736   }
9737 
9738   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
9739   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
9740   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
9741   // built into statements.
9742   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
9743 
9744   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
9745   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
9746 
9747   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
9748   CC = E->getExprLoc();
9749   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
9750   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
9751   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
9752     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
9753     if (!ChildExpr)
9754       continue;
9755 
9756     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
9757         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
9758       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
9759       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
9760       continue;
9761     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, ChildExpr, CC);
9762   }
9763 
9764   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
9765     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9766     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9767       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9768 
9769     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9770     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
9771       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
9772   }
9773 
9774   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
9775     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot)
9776       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
9777 }
9778 
9779 } // end anonymous namespace
9780 
9781 /// Diagnose integer type and any valid implicit convertion to it.
9782 static bool checkOpenCLEnqueueIntType(Sema &S, Expr *E, const QualType &IntT) {
9783   // Taking into account implicit conversions,
9784   // allow any integer.
9785   if (!E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
9786     S.Diag(E->getLocStart(),
9787            diag::err_opencl_enqueue_kernel_invalid_local_size_type);
9788     return true;
9789   }
9790   // Potentially emit standard warnings for implicit conversions if enabled
9791   // using -Wconversion.
9792   CheckImplicitConversion(S, E, IntT, E->getLocStart());
9793   return false;
9794 }
9795 
9796 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
9797 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
9798 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
9799                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9800   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9801 
9802   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9803 
9804   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9805     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9806       return false;
9807   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9808     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
9809       return false;
9810   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9811     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
9812       return false;
9813     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
9814   } else {
9815     return false;
9816   }
9817 
9818   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
9819 
9820   // If possible, point to location of function.
9821   if (FD) {
9822     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
9823   }
9824 
9825   return true;
9826 }
9827 
9828 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
9829 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
9830 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
9831 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
9832   if (Loc.isInvalid())
9833     return false;
9834 
9835   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
9836     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
9837       return true;
9838     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
9839   }
9840 
9841   return false;
9842 }
9843 
9844 /// \brief Diagnose pointers that are always non-null.
9845 /// \param E the expression containing the pointer
9846 /// \param NullKind NPCK_NotNull if E is a cast to bool, otherwise, E is
9847 /// compared to a null pointer
9848 /// \param IsEqual True when the comparison is equal to a null pointer
9849 /// \param Range Extra SourceRange to highlight in the diagnostic
9850 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
9851                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
9852                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
9853   if (!E)
9854     return;
9855 
9856   // Don't warn inside macros.
9857   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
9858     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9859     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
9860         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
9861       return;
9862   }
9863   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
9864 
9865   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
9866 
9867   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
9868     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
9869                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
9870     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9871     return;
9872   }
9873 
9874   bool IsAddressOf = false;
9875 
9876   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9877     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
9878       return;
9879     IsAddressOf = true;
9880     E = UO->getSubExpr();
9881   }
9882 
9883   if (IsAddressOf) {
9884     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
9885                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
9886                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
9887     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
9888                                          << IsEqual;
9889     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
9890       return;
9891     }
9892   }
9893 
9894   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
9895     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
9896     std::string Str;
9897     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9898     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9899     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
9900                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
9901     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
9902       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
9903     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
9904   };
9905 
9906   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
9907   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
9908     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
9909       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
9910         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9911         return;
9912       }
9913     }
9914   }
9915 
9916   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
9917   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
9918   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9919     D = R->getDecl();
9920   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9921     D = M->getMemberDecl();
9922   }
9923 
9924   // Weak Decls can be null.
9925   if (!D || D->isWeak())
9926     return;
9927 
9928   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
9929   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
9930     if (getCurFunction() &&
9931         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
9932       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
9933         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
9934         return;
9935       }
9936 
9937       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
9938         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
9939         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
9940         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
9941 
9942         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
9943           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
9944               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9945               return;
9946           }
9947 
9948           for (unsigned ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
9949             if (ArgNo == ParamNo) {
9950               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
9951               return;
9952             }
9953           }
9954         }
9955       }
9956     }
9957   }
9958 
9959   QualType T = D->getType();
9960   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
9961   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
9962 
9963   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
9964   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
9965     return;
9966   }
9967 
9968   // Found nothing.
9969   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
9970     return;
9971 
9972   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
9973   std::string Str;
9974   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
9975   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9976 
9977   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
9978                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
9979   enum {
9980     AddressOf,
9981     FunctionPointer,
9982     ArrayPointer
9983   } DiagType;
9984   if (IsAddressOf)
9985     DiagType = AddressOf;
9986   else if (IsFunction)
9987     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
9988   else if (IsArray)
9989     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
9990   else
9991     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
9992   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
9993                                 << Range << IsEqual;
9994 
9995   if (!IsFunction)
9996     return;
9997 
9998   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
9999   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
10000       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getLocStart(), "&");
10001 
10002   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
10003   QualType ReturnType;
10004   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
10005   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
10006   if (ReturnType.isNull())
10007     return;
10008 
10009   if (IsCompare) {
10010     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
10011     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
10012     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
10013     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
10014       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
10015           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
10016         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
10017           return;
10018       } else {
10019         return;
10020       }
10021     }
10022   } else { // !IsCompare
10023     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
10024     // return type.
10025     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
10026       return;
10027   }
10028   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
10029       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getLocEnd()), "()");
10030 }
10031 
10032 /// Diagnoses "dangerous" implicit conversions within the given
10033 /// expression (which is a full expression).  Implements -Wconversion
10034 /// and -Wsign-compare.
10035 ///
10036 /// \param CC the "context" location of the implicit conversion, i.e.
10037 ///   the most location of the syntactic entity requiring the implicit
10038 ///   conversion
10039 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
10040   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
10041   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
10042     return;
10043 
10044   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
10045   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
10046     return;
10047 
10048   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
10049   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
10050   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
10051   CheckArrayAccess(E);
10052 
10053   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
10054   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
10055 }
10056 
10057 /// CheckBoolLikeConversion - Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
10058 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
10059 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
10060   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
10061 }
10062 
10063 /// Diagnose when expression is an integer constant expression and its evaluation
10064 /// results in integer overflow
10065 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (Expr *E) {
10066   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
10067   SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
10068 
10069   do {
10070     Expr *E = Exprs.pop_back_val();
10071 
10072     if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
10073       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
10074       continue;
10075     }
10076 
10077     if (auto InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
10078       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
10079 
10080     if (isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E))
10081       E->IgnoreParenCasts()->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
10082   } while (!Exprs.empty());
10083 }
10084 
10085 namespace {
10086 /// \brief Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
10087 /// same object.
10088 class SequenceChecker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
10089   typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> Base;
10090 
10091   /// \brief A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
10092   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
10093   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
10094   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
10095   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
10096   class SequenceTree {
10097     struct Value {
10098       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
10099       unsigned Parent : 31;
10100       unsigned Merged : 1;
10101     };
10102     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
10103 
10104   public:
10105     /// \brief A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
10106     /// to some other region.
10107     class Seq {
10108       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
10109       unsigned Index;
10110       friend class SequenceTree;
10111     public:
10112       Seq() : Index(0) {}
10113     };
10114 
10115     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
10116     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
10117 
10118     /// \brief Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
10119     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
10120     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
10121     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
10122       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
10123       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
10124     }
10125 
10126     /// \brief Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
10127     void merge(Seq S) {
10128       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
10129     }
10130 
10131     /// \brief Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
10132     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
10133     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
10134     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
10135       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
10136       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
10137       while (C >= Target) {
10138         if (C == Target)
10139           return true;
10140         C = Values[C].Parent;
10141       }
10142       return false;
10143     }
10144 
10145   private:
10146     /// \brief Pick a representative for a sequence.
10147     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
10148       if (Values[K].Merged)
10149         // Perform path compression as we go.
10150         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
10151       return K;
10152     }
10153   };
10154 
10155   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
10156   typedef NamedDecl *Object;
10157 
10158   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
10159   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
10160   enum UsageKind {
10161     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
10162     UK_Use,
10163     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
10164     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
10165     UK_ModAsValue,
10166     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
10167     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
10168     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
10169 
10170     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
10171   };
10172 
10173   struct Usage {
10174     Usage() : Use(nullptr), Seq() {}
10175     Expr *Use;
10176     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
10177   };
10178 
10179   struct UsageInfo {
10180     UsageInfo() : Diagnosed(false) {}
10181     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
10182     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this variable already?
10183     bool Diagnosed;
10184   };
10185   typedef llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16> UsageInfoMap;
10186 
10187   Sema &SemaRef;
10188   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
10189   SequenceTree Tree;
10190   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
10191   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
10192   /// The region we are currently within.
10193   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
10194   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
10195   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
10196   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *ModAsSideEffect;
10197   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
10198   /// stack usage.
10199   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList;
10200 
10201   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
10202   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
10203   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
10204   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
10205   /// UK_ModAsValue.
10206   struct SequencedSubexpression {
10207     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
10208       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
10209       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
10210     }
10211     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
10212       for (auto &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
10213         UsageInfo &U = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
10214         auto &SideEffectUsage = U.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
10215         Self.addUsage(U, M.first, SideEffectUsage.Use, UK_ModAsValue);
10216         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
10217       }
10218       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
10219     }
10220 
10221     SequenceChecker &Self;
10222     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
10223     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage> > *OldModAsSideEffect;
10224   };
10225 
10226   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
10227   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
10228   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
10229   /// the outer expression.
10230   class EvaluationTracker {
10231   public:
10232     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
10233         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker), EvalOK(true) {
10234       Self.EvalTracker = this;
10235     }
10236     ~EvaluationTracker() {
10237       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
10238       if (Prev)
10239         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
10240     }
10241 
10242     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
10243       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
10244         return false;
10245       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Self.SemaRef.Context);
10246       return EvalOK;
10247     }
10248 
10249   private:
10250     SequenceChecker &Self;
10251     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
10252     bool EvalOK;
10253   } *EvalTracker;
10254 
10255   /// \brief Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
10256   /// if any.
10257   Object getObject(Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
10258     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
10259     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
10260       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
10261         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
10262     } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
10263       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
10264         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
10265       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
10266         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
10267     } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
10268       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
10269       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
10270         return ME->getMemberDecl();
10271     } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
10272       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
10273       return DRE->getDecl();
10274     return nullptr;
10275   }
10276 
10277   /// \brief Note that an object was modified or used by an expression.
10278   void addUsage(UsageInfo &UI, Object O, Expr *Ref, UsageKind UK) {
10279     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
10280     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
10281       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
10282         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
10283       U.Use = Ref;
10284       U.Seq = Region;
10285     }
10286   }
10287   /// \brief Check whether a modification or use conflicts with a prior usage.
10288   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, Expr *Ref, UsageKind OtherKind,
10289                   bool IsModMod) {
10290     if (UI.Diagnosed)
10291       return;
10292 
10293     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
10294     if (!U.Use || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
10295       return;
10296 
10297     Expr *Mod = U.Use;
10298     Expr *ModOrUse = Ref;
10299     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
10300       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
10301 
10302     SemaRef.Diag(Mod->getExprLoc(),
10303                  IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
10304                           : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
10305       << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc());
10306     UI.Diagnosed = true;
10307   }
10308 
10309   void notePreUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
10310     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10311     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
10312     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsValue, false);
10313   }
10314   void notePostUse(Object O, Expr *Use) {
10315     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10316     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, false);
10317     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK_Use);
10318   }
10319 
10320   void notePreMod(Object O, Expr *Mod) {
10321     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10322     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
10323     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_ModAsValue, true);
10324     checkUsage(O, U, Mod, UK_Use, false);
10325   }
10326   void notePostMod(Object O, Expr *Use, UsageKind UK) {
10327     UsageInfo &U = UsageMap[O];
10328     checkUsage(O, U, Use, UK_ModAsSideEffect, true);
10329     addUsage(U, O, Use, UK);
10330   }
10331 
10332 public:
10333   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, Expr *E, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &WorkList)
10334       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()),
10335         ModAsSideEffect(nullptr), WorkList(WorkList), EvalTracker(nullptr) {
10336     Visit(E);
10337   }
10338 
10339   void VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
10340     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
10341   }
10342 
10343   void VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
10344     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
10345     Base::VisitStmt(E);
10346   }
10347 
10348   void VisitCastExpr(CastExpr *E) {
10349     Object O = Object();
10350     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
10351       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
10352 
10353     if (O)
10354       notePreUse(O, E);
10355     VisitExpr(E);
10356     if (O)
10357       notePostUse(O, E);
10358   }
10359 
10360   void VisitBinComma(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10361     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
10362     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
10363     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
10364     //   effect associated with the right expression.
10365     SequenceTree::Seq LHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
10366     SequenceTree::Seq RHS = Tree.allocate(Region);
10367     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
10368 
10369     {
10370       SequencedSubexpression SeqLHS(*this);
10371       Region = LHS;
10372       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10373     }
10374 
10375     Region = RHS;
10376     Visit(BO->getRHS());
10377 
10378     Region = OldRegion;
10379 
10380     // Forget that LHS and RHS are sequenced. They are both unsequenced
10381     // with respect to other stuff.
10382     Tree.merge(LHS);
10383     Tree.merge(RHS);
10384   }
10385 
10386   void VisitBinAssign(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10387     // The modification is sequenced after the value computation of the LHS
10388     // and RHS, so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
10389     // map afterwards.
10390     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), true);
10391     if (!O)
10392       return VisitExpr(BO);
10393 
10394     notePreMod(O, BO);
10395 
10396     // C++11 [expr.ass]p7:
10397     //   E1 op= E2 is equivalent to E1 = E1 op E2, except that E1 is evaluated
10398     //   only once.
10399     //
10400     // Therefore, for a compound assignment operator, O is considered used
10401     // everywhere except within the evaluation of E1 itself.
10402     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
10403       notePreUse(O, BO);
10404 
10405     Visit(BO->getLHS());
10406 
10407     if (isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
10408       notePostUse(O, BO);
10409 
10410     Visit(BO->getRHS());
10411 
10412     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
10413     //   the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
10414     //   assignment expression.
10415     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
10416     notePostMod(O, BO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
10417                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10418   }
10419 
10420   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
10421     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
10422   }
10423 
10424   void VisitUnaryPreInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
10425   void VisitUnaryPreDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
10426   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
10427     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
10428     if (!O)
10429       return VisitExpr(UO);
10430 
10431     notePreMod(O, UO);
10432     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
10433     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
10434     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
10435     notePostMod(O, UO, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
10436                                                        : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10437   }
10438 
10439   void VisitUnaryPostInc(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
10440   void VisitUnaryPostDec(UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
10441   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UnaryOperator *UO) {
10442     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
10443     if (!O)
10444       return VisitExpr(UO);
10445 
10446     notePreMod(O, UO);
10447     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
10448     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
10449   }
10450 
10451   /// Don't visit the RHS of '&&' or '||' if it might not be evaluated.
10452   void VisitBinLOr(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10453     // The side-effects of the LHS of an '&&' are sequenced before the
10454     // value computation of the RHS, and hence before the value computation
10455     // of the '&&' itself, unless the LHS evaluates to zero. We treat them
10456     // as if they were unconditionally sequenced.
10457     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10458     {
10459       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10460       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10461     }
10462 
10463     bool Result;
10464     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10465       if (!Result)
10466         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10467     } else {
10468       // Check for unsequenced operations in the RHS, treating it as an
10469       // entirely separate evaluation.
10470       //
10471       // FIXME: If there are operations in the RHS which are unsequenced
10472       // with respect to operations outside the RHS, and those operations
10473       // are unconditionally evaluated, diagnose them.
10474       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10475     }
10476   }
10477   void VisitBinLAnd(BinaryOperator *BO) {
10478     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10479     {
10480       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10481       Visit(BO->getLHS());
10482     }
10483 
10484     bool Result;
10485     if (Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), Result)) {
10486       if (Result)
10487         Visit(BO->getRHS());
10488     } else {
10489       WorkList.push_back(BO->getRHS());
10490     }
10491   }
10492 
10493   // Only visit the condition, unless we can be sure which subexpression will
10494   // be chosen.
10495   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
10496     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
10497     {
10498       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10499       Visit(CO->getCond());
10500     }
10501 
10502     bool Result;
10503     if (Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), Result))
10504       Visit(Result ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr());
10505     else {
10506       WorkList.push_back(CO->getTrueExpr());
10507       WorkList.push_back(CO->getFalseExpr());
10508     }
10509   }
10510 
10511   void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *CE) {
10512     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
10513     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
10514     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
10515     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
10516     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
10517     //   the value computation of its result].
10518     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10519     Base::VisitCallExpr(CE);
10520 
10521     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
10522   }
10523 
10524   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
10525     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
10526     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
10527 
10528     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
10529       return VisitExpr(CCE);
10530 
10531     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10532     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10533     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10534     for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator I = CCE->arg_begin(),
10535                                         E = CCE->arg_end();
10536          I != E; ++I) {
10537       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10538       Elts.push_back(Region);
10539       Visit(*I);
10540     }
10541 
10542     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10543     Region = Parent;
10544     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10545       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10546   }
10547 
10548   void VisitInitListExpr(InitListExpr *ILE) {
10549     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10550       return VisitExpr(ILE);
10551 
10552     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
10553     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
10554     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
10555     for (unsigned I = 0; I < ILE->getNumInits(); ++I) {
10556       Expr *E = ILE->getInit(I);
10557       if (!E) continue;
10558       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
10559       Elts.push_back(Region);
10560       Visit(E);
10561     }
10562 
10563     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
10564     Region = Parent;
10565     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
10566       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
10567   }
10568 };
10569 } // end anonymous namespace
10570 
10571 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E) {
10572   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> WorkList;
10573   WorkList.push_back(E);
10574   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
10575     Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
10576     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
10577   }
10578 }
10579 
10580 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
10581                               bool IsConstexpr) {
10582   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
10583   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
10584     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
10585   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
10586     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
10587   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
10588 }
10589 
10590 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
10591                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
10592                                        Expr *Init) {
10593   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
10594 }
10595 
10596 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
10597                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
10598   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
10599     return;
10600   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
10601     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10602     return;
10603   }
10604   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
10605     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
10606     return;
10607   }
10608   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
10609     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
10610     return;
10611   }
10612 
10613   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
10614   if (!AT)
10615     return;
10616 
10617   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Star) {
10618     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
10619     return;
10620   }
10621 
10622   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
10623 }
10624 
10625 /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given
10626 /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This
10627 /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the
10628 /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function
10629 /// parameters are complete.
10630 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
10631                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
10632   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
10633   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
10634     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
10635     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
10636     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
10637     //
10638     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6.
10639     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
10640         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
10641                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10642       Param->setInvalidDecl();
10643       HasInvalidParm = true;
10644     }
10645 
10646     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
10647     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
10648     if (CheckParameterNames &&
10649         Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
10650         !Param->isImplicit() &&
10651         !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10652       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
10653 
10654     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
10655     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
10656     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
10657     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
10658     //   variable length array types.
10659     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
10660     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
10661     // information is added for it.
10662     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
10663 
10664     // MSVC destroys objects passed by value in the callee.  Therefore a
10665     // function definition which takes such a parameter must be able to call the
10666     // object's destructor.  However, we don't perform any direct access check
10667     // on the dtor.
10668     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Context.getTargetInfo()
10669                                        .getCXXABI()
10670                                        .areArgsDestroyedLeftToRightInCallee()) {
10671       if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
10672         if (const RecordType *RT = Param->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10673           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10674           if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
10675               !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
10676               !ClassDecl->isDependentContext()) {
10677             CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
10678             MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
10679             DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
10680           }
10681         }
10682       }
10683     }
10684 
10685     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
10686     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
10687     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
10688     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
10689     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
10690       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
10691         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
10692             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
10693   }
10694 
10695   return HasInvalidParm;
10696 }
10697 
10698 /// A helper function to get the alignment of a Decl referred to by DeclRefExpr
10699 /// or MemberExpr.
10700 static CharUnits getDeclAlign(Expr *E, CharUnits TypeAlign,
10701                               ASTContext &Context) {
10702   if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
10703     return Context.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl());
10704 
10705   if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
10706     return Context.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl());
10707 
10708   return TypeAlign;
10709 }
10710 
10711 /// CheckCastAlign - Implements -Wcast-align, which warns when a
10712 /// pointer cast increases the alignment requirements.
10713 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
10714   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
10715   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
10716   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
10717     return;
10718 
10719   // Ignore dependent types.
10720   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
10721     return;
10722 
10723   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
10724   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
10725   if (!DestPtr) return;
10726 
10727   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
10728   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
10729   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10730   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
10731   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
10732 
10733   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
10734   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
10735   if (!SrcPtr) return;
10736   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
10737 
10738   // Whitelist casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
10739   // whitelisted casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
10740   // Also whitelist casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
10741   // includes 'void'.
10742   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
10743 
10744   CharUnits SrcAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(SrcPointee);
10745 
10746   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Op)) {
10747     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
10748       SrcAlign = getDeclAlign(CE->getSubExpr(), SrcAlign, Context);
10749   } else if (auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Op)) {
10750     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
10751       SrcAlign = getDeclAlign(UO->getSubExpr(), SrcAlign, Context);
10752   }
10753 
10754   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
10755 
10756   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
10757     << Op->getType() << T
10758     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
10759     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
10760     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
10761 }
10762 
10763 /// \brief Check whether this array fits the idiom of a size-one tail padded
10764 /// array member of a struct.
10765 ///
10766 /// We avoid emitting out-of-bounds access warnings for such arrays as they are
10767 /// commonly used to emulate flexible arrays in C89 code.
10768 static bool IsTailPaddedMemberArray(Sema &S, const llvm::APInt &Size,
10769                                     const NamedDecl *ND) {
10770   if (Size != 1 || !ND) return false;
10771 
10772   const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
10773   if (!FD) return false;
10774 
10775   // Don't consider sizes resulting from macro expansions or template argument
10776   // substitution to form C89 tail-padded arrays.
10777 
10778   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
10779   while (TInfo) {
10780     TypeLoc TL = TInfo->getTypeLoc();
10781     // Look through typedefs.
10782     if (TypedefTypeLoc TTL = TL.getAs<TypedefTypeLoc>()) {
10783       const TypedefNameDecl *TDL = TTL.getTypedefNameDecl();
10784       TInfo = TDL->getTypeSourceInfo();
10785       continue;
10786     }
10787     if (ConstantArrayTypeLoc CTL = TL.getAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>()) {
10788       const Expr *SizeExpr = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(CTL.getSizeExpr());
10789       if (!SizeExpr || SizeExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
10790         return false;
10791     }
10792     break;
10793   }
10794 
10795   const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
10796   if (!RD) return false;
10797   if (RD->isUnion()) return false;
10798   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
10799     if (!CRD->isStandardLayout()) return false;
10800   }
10801 
10802   // See if this is the last field decl in the record.
10803   const Decl *D = FD;
10804   while ((D = D->getNextDeclInContext()))
10805     if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
10806       return false;
10807   return true;
10808 }
10809 
10810 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
10811                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
10812                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
10813   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10814   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10815     return;
10816 
10817   const Type *EffectiveType =
10818       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10819   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
10820   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
10821     Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
10822   if (!ArrayTy)
10823     return;
10824 
10825   llvm::APSInt index;
10826   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
10827     return;
10828   if (IndexNegated)
10829     index = -index;
10830 
10831   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
10832   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10833     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10834   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10835     ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10836 
10837   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
10838     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
10839     if (!size.isStrictlyPositive())
10840       return;
10841 
10842     const Type *BaseType = BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
10843     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
10844       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to size
10845       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
10846       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
10847       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*
10848       if (!ptrarith_typesize) ptrarith_typesize = 1;
10849       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
10850         // There's a cast to a different size type involved
10851         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
10852         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
10853         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize
10854         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
10855           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
10856       }
10857     }
10858 
10859     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
10860       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
10861     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
10862       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
10863 
10864     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
10865     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
10866     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
10867     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
10868     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
10869       return;
10870 
10871     // Also don't warn for arrays of size 1 which are members of some
10872     // structure. These are often used to approximate flexible arrays in C89
10873     // code.
10874     if (IsTailPaddedMemberArray(*this, size, ND))
10875       return;
10876 
10877     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
10878     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
10879     // within a system header.
10880     if (ASE) {
10881       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10882           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
10883       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
10884         SourceLocation IndexLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
10885             IndexExpr->getLocStart());
10886         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
10887           return;
10888       }
10889     }
10890 
10891     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
10892     if (ASE)
10893       DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds;
10894 
10895     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10896                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10897                           << size.toString(10, true)
10898                           << (unsigned)size.getLimitedValue(~0U)
10899                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10900   } else {
10901     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
10902     if (!ASE) {
10903       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
10904       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
10905     }
10906 
10907     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10908                         PDiag(DiagID) << index.toString(10, true)
10909                           << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
10910   }
10911 
10912   if (!ND) {
10913     // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
10914     while (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
10915            dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
10916       BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
10917     if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
10918       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10919     if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
10920       ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
10921   }
10922 
10923   if (ND)
10924     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getLocStart(), BaseExpr,
10925                         PDiag(diag::note_array_index_out_of_bounds)
10926                           << ND->getDeclName());
10927 }
10928 
10929 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
10930   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
10931   while (expr) {
10932     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10933     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
10934       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
10935         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
10936         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
10937                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10938         return;
10939       }
10940       case Stmt::OMPArraySectionExprClass: {
10941         const OMPArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<OMPArraySectionExpr>(expr);
10942         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
10943           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
10944                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
10945         return;
10946       }
10947       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
10948         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
10949         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
10950         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
10951         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
10952           case UO_AddrOf:
10953             AllowOnePastEnd++;
10954             break;
10955           case UO_Deref:
10956             AllowOnePastEnd--;
10957             break;
10958           default:
10959             return;
10960         }
10961         break;
10962       }
10963       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
10964         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
10965         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
10966           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
10967         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
10968           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
10969         return;
10970       }
10971       case Stmt::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: {
10972         const auto *OCE = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(expr);
10973         for (const auto *Arg : OCE->arguments())
10974           CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
10975         return;
10976       }
10977       default:
10978         return;
10979     }
10980   }
10981 }
10982 
10983 //===--- CHECK: Objective-C retain cycles ----------------------------------//
10984 
10985 namespace {
10986   struct RetainCycleOwner {
10987     RetainCycleOwner() : Variable(nullptr), Indirect(false) {}
10988     VarDecl *Variable;
10989     SourceRange Range;
10990     SourceLocation Loc;
10991     bool Indirect;
10992 
10993     void setLocsFrom(Expr *e) {
10994       Loc = e->getExprLoc();
10995       Range = e->getSourceRange();
10996     }
10997   };
10998 } // end anonymous namespace
10999 
11000 /// Consider whether capturing the given variable can possibly lead to
11001 /// a retain cycle.
11002 static bool considerVariable(VarDecl *var, Expr *ref, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11003   // In ARC, it's captured strongly iff the variable has __strong
11004   // lifetime.  In MRR, it's captured strongly if the variable is
11005   // __block and has an appropriate type.
11006   if (var->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
11007     return false;
11008 
11009   owner.Variable = var;
11010   if (ref)
11011     owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
11012   return true;
11013 }
11014 
11015 static bool findRetainCycleOwner(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11016   while (true) {
11017     e = e->IgnoreParens();
11018     if (CastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(e)) {
11019       switch (cast->getCastKind()) {
11020       case CK_BitCast:
11021       case CK_LValueBitCast:
11022       case CK_LValueToRValue:
11023       case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
11024         e = cast->getSubExpr();
11025         continue;
11026 
11027       default:
11028         return false;
11029       }
11030     }
11031 
11032     if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(e)) {
11033       ObjCIvarDecl *ivar = ref->getDecl();
11034       if (ivar->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
11035         return false;
11036 
11037       // Try to find a retain cycle in the base.
11038       if (!findRetainCycleOwner(S, ref->getBase(), owner))
11039         return false;
11040 
11041       if (ref->isFreeIvar()) owner.setLocsFrom(ref);
11042       owner.Indirect = true;
11043       return true;
11044     }
11045 
11046     if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
11047       VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ref->getDecl());
11048       if (!var) return false;
11049       return considerVariable(var, ref, owner);
11050     }
11051 
11052     if (MemberExpr *member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
11053       if (member->isArrow()) return false;
11054 
11055       // Don't count this as an indirect ownership.
11056       e = member->getBase();
11057       continue;
11058     }
11059 
11060     if (PseudoObjectExpr *pseudo = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(e)) {
11061       // Only pay attention to pseudo-objects on property references.
11062       ObjCPropertyRefExpr *pre
11063         = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(pseudo->getSyntacticForm()
11064                                               ->IgnoreParens());
11065       if (!pre) return false;
11066       if (pre->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
11067       ObjCPropertyDecl *property = pre->getExplicitProperty();
11068       if (!property->isRetaining() &&
11069           !(property->getPropertyIvarDecl() &&
11070             property->getPropertyIvarDecl()->getType()
11071               .getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong))
11072           return false;
11073 
11074       owner.Indirect = true;
11075       if (pre->isSuperReceiver()) {
11076         owner.Variable = S.getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
11077         if (!owner.Variable)
11078           return false;
11079         owner.Loc = pre->getLocation();
11080         owner.Range = pre->getSourceRange();
11081         return true;
11082       }
11083       e = const_cast<Expr*>(cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(pre->getBase())
11084                               ->getSourceExpr());
11085       continue;
11086     }
11087 
11088     // Array ivars?
11089 
11090     return false;
11091   }
11092 }
11093 
11094 namespace {
11095   struct FindCaptureVisitor : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor> {
11096     FindCaptureVisitor(ASTContext &Context, VarDecl *variable)
11097       : EvaluatedExprVisitor<FindCaptureVisitor>(Context),
11098         Context(Context), Variable(variable), Capturer(nullptr),
11099         VarWillBeReased(false) {}
11100     ASTContext &Context;
11101     VarDecl *Variable;
11102     Expr *Capturer;
11103     bool VarWillBeReased;
11104 
11105     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
11106       if (ref->getDecl() == Variable && !Capturer)
11107         Capturer = ref;
11108     }
11109 
11110     void VisitObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *ref) {
11111       if (Capturer) return;
11112       Visit(ref->getBase());
11113       if (Capturer && ref->isFreeIvar())
11114         Capturer = ref;
11115     }
11116 
11117     void VisitBlockExpr(BlockExpr *block) {
11118       // Look inside nested blocks
11119       if (block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(Variable))
11120         Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
11121     }
11122 
11123     void VisitOpaqueValueExpr(OpaqueValueExpr *OVE) {
11124       if (Capturer) return;
11125       if (OVE->getSourceExpr())
11126         Visit(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11127     }
11128     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *BinOp) {
11129       if (!Variable || VarWillBeReased || BinOp->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
11130         return;
11131       Expr *LHS = BinOp->getLHS();
11132       if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(LHS)) {
11133         if (DRE->getDecl() != Variable)
11134           return;
11135         if (Expr *RHS = BinOp->getRHS()) {
11136           RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenCasts();
11137           llvm::APSInt Value;
11138           VarWillBeReased =
11139             (RHS && RHS->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context) && Value == 0);
11140         }
11141       }
11142     }
11143   };
11144 } // end anonymous namespace
11145 
11146 /// Check whether the given argument is a block which captures a
11147 /// variable.
11148 static Expr *findCapturingExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e, RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11149   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
11150 
11151   e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
11152 
11153   // Look through [^{...} copy] and Block_copy(^{...}).
11154   if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
11155     Selector Cmd = ME->getSelector();
11156     if (Cmd.isUnarySelector() && Cmd.getNameForSlot(0) == "copy") {
11157       e = ME->getInstanceReceiver();
11158       if (!e)
11159         return nullptr;
11160       e = e->IgnoreParenCasts();
11161     }
11162   } else if (CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
11163     if (CE->getNumArgs() == 1) {
11164       FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl());
11165       if (Fn) {
11166         const IdentifierInfo *FnI = Fn->getIdentifier();
11167         if (FnI && FnI->isStr("_Block_copy")) {
11168           e = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
11169         }
11170       }
11171     }
11172   }
11173 
11174   BlockExpr *block = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(e);
11175   if (!block || !block->getBlockDecl()->capturesVariable(owner.Variable))
11176     return nullptr;
11177 
11178   FindCaptureVisitor visitor(S.Context, owner.Variable);
11179   visitor.Visit(block->getBlockDecl()->getBody());
11180   return visitor.VarWillBeReased ? nullptr : visitor.Capturer;
11181 }
11182 
11183 static void diagnoseRetainCycle(Sema &S, Expr *capturer,
11184                                 RetainCycleOwner &owner) {
11185   assert(capturer);
11186   assert(owner.Variable && owner.Loc.isValid());
11187 
11188   S.Diag(capturer->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arc_retain_cycle)
11189     << owner.Variable << capturer->getSourceRange();
11190   S.Diag(owner.Loc, diag::note_arc_retain_cycle_owner)
11191     << owner.Indirect << owner.Range;
11192 }
11193 
11194 /// Check for a keyword selector that starts with the word 'add' or
11195 /// 'set'.
11196 static bool isSetterLikeSelector(Selector sel) {
11197   if (sel.isUnarySelector()) return false;
11198 
11199   StringRef str = sel.getNameForSlot(0);
11200   while (!str.empty() && str.front() == '_') str = str.substr(1);
11201   if (str.startswith("set"))
11202     str = str.substr(3);
11203   else if (str.startswith("add")) {
11204     // Specially whitelist 'addOperationWithBlock:'.
11205     if (sel.getNumArgs() == 1 && str.startswith("addOperationWithBlock"))
11206       return false;
11207     str = str.substr(3);
11208   }
11209   else
11210     return false;
11211 
11212   if (str.empty()) return true;
11213   return !isLowercase(str.front());
11214 }
11215 
11216 static Optional<int> GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
11217                                                     ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11218   bool IsMutableArray = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11219                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11220                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableArray);
11221   if (!IsMutableArray) {
11222     return None;
11223   }
11224 
11225   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
11226 
11227   Optional<NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind> MKOpt =
11228     S.NSAPIObj->getNSArrayMethodKind(Sel);
11229   if (!MKOpt) {
11230     return None;
11231   }
11232 
11233   NSAPI::NSArrayMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
11234 
11235   switch (MK) {
11236     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_addObject:
11237     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_insertObjectAtIndex:
11238     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
11239       return 0;
11240     case NSAPI::NSMutableArr_replaceObjectAtIndex:
11241       return 1;
11242 
11243     default:
11244       return None;
11245   }
11246 
11247   return None;
11248 }
11249 
11250 static
11251 Optional<int> GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(Sema &S,
11252                                                   ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11253   bool IsMutableDictionary = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11254                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11255                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableDictionary);
11256   if (!IsMutableDictionary) {
11257     return None;
11258   }
11259 
11260   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
11261 
11262   Optional<NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind> MKOpt =
11263     S.NSAPIObj->getNSDictionaryMethodKind(Sel);
11264   if (!MKOpt) {
11265     return None;
11266   }
11267 
11268   NSAPI::NSDictionaryMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
11269 
11270   switch (MK) {
11271     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKey:
11272     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setValueForKey:
11273     case NSAPI::NSMutableDict_setObjectForKeyedSubscript:
11274       return 0;
11275 
11276     default:
11277       return None;
11278   }
11279 
11280   return None;
11281 }
11282 
11283 static Optional<int> GetNSSetArgumentIndex(Sema &S, ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11284   bool IsMutableSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11285                                                 Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11286                                                 NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableSet);
11287 
11288   bool IsMutableOrderedSet = S.NSAPIObj->isSubclassOfNSClass(
11289                                             Message->getReceiverInterface(),
11290                                             NSAPI::ClassId_NSMutableOrderedSet);
11291   if (!IsMutableSet && !IsMutableOrderedSet) {
11292     return None;
11293   }
11294 
11295   Selector Sel = Message->getSelector();
11296 
11297   Optional<NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind> MKOpt = S.NSAPIObj->getNSSetMethodKind(Sel);
11298   if (!MKOpt) {
11299     return None;
11300   }
11301 
11302   NSAPI::NSSetMethodKind MK = *MKOpt;
11303 
11304   switch (MK) {
11305     case NSAPI::NSMutableSet_addObject:
11306     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndex:
11307     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_setObjectAtIndexedSubscript:
11308     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_insertObjectAtIndex:
11309       return 0;
11310     case NSAPI::NSOrderedSet_replaceObjectAtIndexWithObject:
11311       return 1;
11312   }
11313 
11314   return None;
11315 }
11316 
11317 void Sema::CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message) {
11318   if (!Message->isInstanceMessage()) {
11319     return;
11320   }
11321 
11322   Optional<int> ArgOpt;
11323 
11324   if (!(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableArrayArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
11325       !(ArgOpt = GetNSMutableDictionaryArgumentIndex(*this, Message)) &&
11326       !(ArgOpt = GetNSSetArgumentIndex(*this, Message))) {
11327     return;
11328   }
11329 
11330   int ArgIndex = *ArgOpt;
11331 
11332   Expr *Arg = Message->getArg(ArgIndex)->IgnoreImpCasts();
11333   if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Arg)) {
11334     Arg = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11335   }
11336 
11337   if (Message->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance) {
11338     if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
11339       if (ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
11340         Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
11341              diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
11342           << ArgRE->getDecl()->getName() << StringRef("super");
11343       }
11344     }
11345   } else {
11346     Expr *Receiver = Message->getInstanceReceiver()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11347 
11348     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Receiver)) {
11349       Receiver = OE->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11350     }
11351 
11352     if (DeclRefExpr *ReceiverRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
11353       if (DeclRefExpr *ArgRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
11354         if (ReceiverRE->getDecl() == ArgRE->getDecl()) {
11355           ValueDecl *Decl = ReceiverRE->getDecl();
11356           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
11357                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
11358             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
11359           if (!ArgRE->isObjCSelfExpr()) {
11360             Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
11361                  diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
11362               << Decl->getName();
11363           }
11364         }
11365       }
11366     } else if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Receiver)) {
11367       if (ObjCIvarRefExpr *IvarArgRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Arg)) {
11368         if (IvarRE->getDecl() == IvarArgRE->getDecl()) {
11369           ObjCIvarDecl *Decl = IvarRE->getDecl();
11370           Diag(Message->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
11371                diag::warn_objc_circular_container)
11372             << Decl->getName() << Decl->getName();
11373           Diag(Decl->getLocation(),
11374                diag::note_objc_circular_container_declared_here)
11375             << Decl->getName();
11376         }
11377       }
11378     }
11379   }
11380 }
11381 
11382 /// Check a message send to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
11383 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
11384   // Only check instance methods whose selector looks like a setter.
11385   if (!msg->isInstanceMessage() || !isSetterLikeSelector(msg->getSelector()))
11386     return;
11387 
11388   // Try to find a variable that the receiver is strongly owned by.
11389   RetainCycleOwner owner;
11390   if (msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::Instance) {
11391     if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, msg->getInstanceReceiver(), owner))
11392       return;
11393   } else {
11394     assert(msg->getReceiverKind() == ObjCMessageExpr::SuperInstance);
11395     owner.Variable = getCurMethodDecl()->getSelfDecl();
11396     owner.Loc = msg->getSuperLoc();
11397     owner.Range = msg->getSuperLoc();
11398   }
11399 
11400   // Check whether the receiver is captured by any of the arguments.
11401   for (unsigned i = 0, e = msg->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
11402     if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, msg->getArg(i), owner))
11403       return diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
11404 }
11405 
11406 /// Check a property assign to see if it's likely to cause a retain cycle.
11407 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument) {
11408   RetainCycleOwner owner;
11409   if (!findRetainCycleOwner(*this, receiver, owner))
11410     return;
11411 
11412   if (Expr *capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, argument, owner))
11413     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, capturer, owner);
11414 }
11415 
11416 void Sema::checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init) {
11417   RetainCycleOwner Owner;
11418   if (!considerVariable(Var, /*DeclRefExpr=*/nullptr, Owner))
11419     return;
11420 
11421   // Because we don't have an expression for the variable, we have to set the
11422   // location explicitly here.
11423   Owner.Loc = Var->getLocation();
11424   Owner.Range = Var->getSourceRange();
11425 
11426   if (Expr *Capturer = findCapturingExpr(*this, Init, Owner))
11427     diagnoseRetainCycle(*this, Capturer, Owner);
11428 }
11429 
11430 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11431                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
11432   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
11433   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
11434   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
11435   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11436 
11437   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
11438   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
11439   Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
11440   if (Kind == Sema::LK_String || Kind == Sema::LK_None)
11441     return false;
11442 
11443   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
11444     << (unsigned) Kind
11445     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
11446     << RHS->getSourceRange();
11447 
11448   return true;
11449 }
11450 
11451 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11452                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
11453                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
11454   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
11455   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11456     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11457       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
11458         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
11459         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
11460         << RHS->getSourceRange();
11461       return true;
11462     }
11463     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11464   }
11465 
11466   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
11467       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
11468     return true;
11469 
11470   return false;
11471 }
11472 
11473 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11474                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11475   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
11476 
11477   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
11478     return false;
11479 
11480   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
11481     return true;
11482 
11483   return false;
11484 }
11485 
11486 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
11487                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
11488   QualType LHSType;
11489   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
11490   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
11491   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
11492     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
11493   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
11494     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11495     if (PD)
11496       LHSType = PD->getType();
11497   }
11498 
11499   if (LHSType.isNull())
11500     LHSType = LHS->getType();
11501 
11502   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
11503 
11504   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
11505     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
11506       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
11507   }
11508 
11509   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
11510     return;
11511 
11512   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
11513   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
11514     return;
11515 
11516   if (PRE) {
11517     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
11518       return;
11519     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
11520     if (!PD)
11521       return;
11522 
11523     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
11524     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) {
11525       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
11526       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
11527       // for lifetime info.
11528       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
11529       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_assign) &&
11530           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
11531         return;
11532 
11533       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
11534         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
11535           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
11536           << RHS->getSourceRange();
11537           return;
11538         }
11539         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
11540       }
11541     }
11542     else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak) {
11543       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
11544         return;
11545     }
11546   }
11547 }
11548 
11549 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
11550 
11551 namespace {
11552 bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
11553                                  SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11554                                  const NullStmt *Body) {
11555   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
11556   //
11557   // #define CALL(x)
11558   // if (condition)
11559   //   CALL(0);
11560   //
11561   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
11562     return false;
11563 
11564   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
11565   bool StmtLineInvalid;
11566   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
11567                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
11568   if (StmtLineInvalid)
11569     return false;
11570 
11571   bool BodyLineInvalid;
11572   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
11573                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
11574   if (BodyLineInvalid)
11575     return false;
11576 
11577   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
11578   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
11579     return false;
11580 
11581   return true;
11582 }
11583 } // end anonymous namespace
11584 
11585 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
11586                                  const Stmt *Body,
11587                                  unsigned DiagID) {
11588   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
11589   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
11590   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
11591     return;
11592 
11593   // The body should be a null statement.
11594   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11595   if (!NBody)
11596     return;
11597 
11598   // Do the usual checks.
11599   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11600     return;
11601 
11602   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11603   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11604 }
11605 
11606 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
11607                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
11608   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
11609 
11610   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
11611   const Stmt *Body;
11612   unsigned DiagID;
11613   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
11614     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
11615     Body = FS->getBody();
11616     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
11617   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
11618     StmtLoc = WS->getCond()->getSourceRange().getEnd();
11619     Body = WS->getBody();
11620     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
11621   } else
11622     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
11623 
11624   // The body should be a null statement.
11625   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
11626   if (!NBody)
11627     return;
11628 
11629   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
11630   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
11631     return;
11632 
11633   // Do the usual checks.
11634   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
11635     return;
11636 
11637   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
11638   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
11639   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
11640   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11641   //    {
11642   //      a(i);
11643   //    }
11644   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
11645   // than for/while itself:
11646   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
11647   //      a(i);
11648   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
11649   if (!ProbableTypo) {
11650     bool BodyColInvalid;
11651     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11652                              PossibleBody->getLocStart(),
11653                              &BodyColInvalid);
11654     if (BodyColInvalid)
11655       return;
11656 
11657     bool StmtColInvalid;
11658     unsigned StmtCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
11659                              S->getLocStart(),
11660                              &StmtColInvalid);
11661     if (StmtColInvalid)
11662       return;
11663 
11664     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
11665       ProbableTypo = true;
11666   }
11667 
11668   if (ProbableTypo) {
11669     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
11670     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
11671   }
11672 }
11673 
11674 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
11675 
11676 /// DiagnoseSelfMove - Emits a warning if a value is moved to itself.
11677 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
11678                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
11679   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
11680     return;
11681 
11682   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
11683     return;
11684 
11685   // Strip parens and casts away.
11686   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11687   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11688 
11689   // Check for a call expression
11690   const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
11691   if (!CE || CE->getNumArgs() != 1)
11692     return;
11693 
11694   // Check for a call to std::move
11695   const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
11696   if (!FD || !FD->isInStdNamespace() || !FD->getIdentifier() ||
11697       !FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move"))
11698     return;
11699 
11700   // Get argument from std::move
11701   RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
11702 
11703   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
11704   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
11705 
11706   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
11707   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11708     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11709       return;
11710     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11711         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11712       return;
11713 
11714     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11715                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11716                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11717     return;
11718   }
11719 
11720   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
11721   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
11722   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
11723   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
11724   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
11725   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
11726   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
11727   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
11728   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
11729     return;
11730 
11731   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
11732     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11733         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11734       return;
11735 
11736     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
11737     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
11738     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
11739     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
11740   }
11741 
11742   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
11743   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
11744   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
11745     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
11746       return;
11747     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
11748         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
11749       return;
11750 
11751     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11752                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11753                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11754     return;
11755   }
11756 
11757   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
11758     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move) << LHSExpr->getType()
11759                                         << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
11760                                         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
11761 }
11762 
11763 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
11764 
11765 namespace {
11766 
11767 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
11768 
11769 /// \brief Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
11770 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED1, EnumDecl *ED2) {
11771   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
11772   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
11773   // underlying type.
11774   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
11775          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
11776 }
11777 
11778 /// \brief Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
11779 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, FieldDecl *Field1, FieldDecl *Field2) {
11780   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
11781     return false;
11782 
11783   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
11784     return false;
11785 
11786   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
11787     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
11788     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
11789     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
11790 
11791     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
11792       return false;
11793   }
11794 
11795   return true;
11796 }
11797 
11798 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
11799 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
11800 bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(ASTContext &C,
11801                               RecordDecl *RD1,
11802                               RecordDecl *RD2) {
11803   // If both records are C++ classes, check that base classes match.
11804   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1)) {
11805     // If one of records is a CXXRecordDecl we are in C++ mode,
11806     // thus the other one is a CXXRecordDecl, too.
11807     const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2);
11808     // Check number of base classes.
11809     if (D1CXX->getNumBases() != D2CXX->getNumBases())
11810       return false;
11811 
11812     // Check the base classes.
11813     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator
11814                Base1 = D1CXX->bases_begin(),
11815            BaseEnd1 = D1CXX->bases_end(),
11816               Base2 = D2CXX->bases_begin();
11817          Base1 != BaseEnd1;
11818          ++Base1, ++Base2) {
11819       if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Base1->getType(), Base2->getType()))
11820         return false;
11821     }
11822   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2)) {
11823     // If only RD2 is a C++ class, it should have zero base classes.
11824     if (D2CXX->getNumBases() > 0)
11825       return false;
11826   }
11827 
11828   // Check the fields.
11829   RecordDecl::field_iterator Field2 = RD2->field_begin(),
11830                              Field2End = RD2->field_end(),
11831                              Field1 = RD1->field_begin(),
11832                              Field1End = RD1->field_end();
11833   for ( ; Field1 != Field1End && Field2 != Field2End; ++Field1, ++Field2) {
11834     if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, *Field1, *Field2))
11835       return false;
11836   }
11837   if (Field1 != Field1End || Field2 != Field2End)
11838     return false;
11839 
11840   return true;
11841 }
11842 
11843 /// \brief Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
11844 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
11845 bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(ASTContext &C,
11846                              RecordDecl *RD1,
11847                              RecordDecl *RD2) {
11848   llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
11849   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
11850     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
11851 
11852   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
11853     llvm::SmallPtrSet<FieldDecl *, 8>::iterator
11854         I = UnmatchedFields.begin(),
11855         E = UnmatchedFields.end();
11856 
11857     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
11858       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I)) {
11859         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
11860         (void) Result;
11861         assert(Result);
11862         break;
11863       }
11864     }
11865     if (I == E)
11866       return false;
11867   }
11868 
11869   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
11870 }
11871 
11872 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, RecordDecl *RD1, RecordDecl *RD2) {
11873   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
11874     return false;
11875 
11876   if (RD1->isUnion())
11877     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
11878   else
11879     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
11880 }
11881 
11882 /// \brief Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
11883 bool isLayoutCompatible(ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
11884   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
11885     return false;
11886 
11887   // C++11 [basic.types] p11:
11888   // If two types T1 and T2 are the same type, then T1 and T2 are
11889   // layout-compatible types.
11890   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
11891     return true;
11892 
11893   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11894   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
11895 
11896   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
11897   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
11898 
11899   if (TC1 != TC2)
11900     return false;
11901 
11902   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
11903     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11904                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11905                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
11906   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
11907     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
11908       return false;
11909 
11910     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
11911                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
11912                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
11913   }
11914 
11915   return false;
11916 }
11917 } // end anonymous namespace
11918 
11919 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
11920 
11921 namespace {
11922 /// \brief Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
11923 ///
11924 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
11925 ///
11926 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
11927 ///
11928 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
11929 bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
11930                      const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue) {
11931   while(true) {
11932     if (!TypeExpr)
11933       return false;
11934 
11935     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
11936 
11937     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
11938     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
11939       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11940       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
11941         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
11942         continue;
11943       }
11944       return false;
11945     }
11946 
11947     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
11948       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
11949       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
11950       return true;
11951     }
11952 
11953     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
11954       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
11955       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
11956       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
11957         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
11958         return true;
11959       } else
11960         return false;
11961     }
11962 
11963     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
11964     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
11965       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
11966           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
11967       bool Result;
11968       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx)) {
11969         if (Result)
11970           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
11971         else
11972           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
11973         continue;
11974       }
11975       return false;
11976     }
11977 
11978     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
11979       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
11980       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11981         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
11982         continue;
11983       }
11984       return false;
11985     }
11986 
11987     default:
11988       return false;
11989     }
11990   }
11991 }
11992 
11993 /// \brief Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
11994 ///
11995 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
11996 ///
11997 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
11998 ///
11999 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
12000 ///        kind.
12001 ///
12002 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
12003 ///
12004 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
12005 bool GetMatchingCType(
12006         const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
12007         const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
12008         const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
12009                              Sema::TypeTagData> *MagicValues,
12010         bool &FoundWrongKind,
12011         Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo) {
12012   FoundWrongKind = false;
12013 
12014   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
12015   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
12016 
12017   uint64_t MagicValue;
12018 
12019   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue))
12020     return false;
12021 
12022   if (VD) {
12023     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
12024       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
12025         FoundWrongKind = true;
12026         return false;
12027       }
12028       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
12029       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
12030       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
12031       return true;
12032     }
12033     return false;
12034   }
12035 
12036   if (!MagicValues)
12037     return false;
12038 
12039   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
12040                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
12041       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
12042   if (I == MagicValues->end())
12043     return false;
12044 
12045   TypeInfo = I->second;
12046   return true;
12047 }
12048 } // end anonymous namespace
12049 
12050 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
12051                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
12052                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
12053                                       bool MustBeNull) {
12054   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
12055     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
12056         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
12057 
12058   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
12059   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
12060       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
12061 }
12062 
12063 namespace {
12064 bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
12065   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
12066   if (!BT1)
12067     return false;
12068 
12069   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
12070   if (!BT2)
12071     return false;
12072 
12073   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
12074   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
12075 
12076   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
12077          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
12078          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
12079          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
12080 }
12081 } // end anonymous namespace
12082 
12083 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
12084                                     const Expr * const *ExprArgs) {
12085   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
12086   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
12087 
12088   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getTypeTagIdx()];
12089   bool FoundWrongKind;
12090   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
12091   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
12092                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(),
12093                         FoundWrongKind, TypeInfo)) {
12094     if (FoundWrongKind)
12095       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
12096            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
12097         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
12098     return;
12099   }
12100 
12101   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[Attr->getArgumentIdx()];
12102   if (IsPointerAttr) {
12103     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
12104     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
12105       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
12106           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
12107         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
12108   }
12109   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
12110 
12111   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
12112   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
12113     return;
12114 
12115   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
12116     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
12117     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
12118                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
12119       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
12120            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
12121           << ArgumentKind->getName()
12122           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
12123           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
12124     }
12125     return;
12126   }
12127 
12128   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
12129   if (IsPointerAttr)
12130     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
12131 
12132   bool mismatch = false;
12133   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
12134     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
12135 
12136     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
12137     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
12138     //
12139     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
12140     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
12141     if (mismatch)
12142       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
12143                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
12144           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
12145         mismatch = false;
12146   } else
12147     if (IsPointerAttr)
12148       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
12149                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
12150                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
12151     else
12152       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
12153 
12154   if (mismatch)
12155     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
12156         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
12157         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
12158         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
12159         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
12160 }
12161 
12162 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
12163                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
12164   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
12165 }
12166 
12167 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
12168   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
12169     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
12170     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
12171       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
12172         ND = TD;
12173     }
12174     Diag(m.E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
12175         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
12176   }
12177   MisalignedMembers.clear();
12178 }
12179 
12180 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
12181   E = E->IgnoreParens();
12182   if (!T->isPointerType() && !T->isIntegerType())
12183     return;
12184   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
12185       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
12186     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
12187     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
12188       auto MA = std::find(MisalignedMembers.begin(), MisalignedMembers.end(),
12189                           MisalignedMember(Op));
12190       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
12191           (T->isIntegerType() ||
12192            (T->isPointerType() &&
12193             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment)))
12194         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
12195     }
12196   }
12197 }
12198 
12199 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
12200     Expr *E,
12201     llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
12202         Action) {
12203   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
12204   if (!ME)
12205     return;
12206 
12207   // No need to check expressions with an __unaligned-qualified type.
12208   if (E->getType().getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
12209     return;
12210 
12211   // For a chain of MemberExpr like "a.b.c.d" this list
12212   // will keep FieldDecl's like [d, c, b].
12213   SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> ReverseMemberChain;
12214   const MemberExpr *TopME = nullptr;
12215   bool AnyIsPacked = false;
12216   do {
12217     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
12218     if (ME->isArrow())
12219       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
12220     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
12221     if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
12222       return;
12223 
12224     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
12225     auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MD);
12226     // We do not care about non-data members.
12227     if (!FD || FD->isInvalidDecl())
12228       return;
12229 
12230     AnyIsPacked =
12231         AnyIsPacked || (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
12232     ReverseMemberChain.push_back(FD);
12233 
12234     TopME = ME;
12235     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParens());
12236   } while (ME);
12237   assert(TopME && "We did not compute a topmost MemberExpr!");
12238 
12239   // Not the scope of this diagnostic.
12240   if (!AnyIsPacked)
12241     return;
12242 
12243   const Expr *TopBase = TopME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12244   const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(TopBase);
12245   // TODO: The innermost base of the member expression may be too complicated.
12246   // For now, just disregard these cases. This is left for future
12247   // improvement.
12248   if (!DRE && !isa<CXXThisExpr>(TopBase))
12249       return;
12250 
12251   // Alignment expected by the whole expression.
12252   CharUnits ExpectedAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(E->getType());
12253 
12254   // No need to do anything else with this case.
12255   if (ExpectedAlignment.isOne())
12256     return;
12257 
12258   // Synthesize offset of the whole access.
12259   CharUnits Offset;
12260   for (auto I = ReverseMemberChain.rbegin(); I != ReverseMemberChain.rend();
12261        I++) {
12262     Offset += Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getFieldOffset(*I));
12263   }
12264 
12265   // Compute the CompleteObjectAlignment as the alignment of the whole chain.
12266   CharUnits CompleteObjectAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(
12267       ReverseMemberChain.back()->getParent()->getTypeForDecl());
12268 
12269   // The base expression of the innermost MemberExpr may give
12270   // stronger guarantees than the class containing the member.
12271   if (DRE && !TopME->isArrow()) {
12272     const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
12273     if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
12274       CompleteObjectAlignment =
12275           std::max(CompleteObjectAlignment, Context.getDeclAlign(VD));
12276   }
12277 
12278   // Check if the synthesized offset fulfills the alignment.
12279   if (Offset % ExpectedAlignment != 0 ||
12280       // It may fulfill the offset it but the effective alignment may still be
12281       // lower than the expected expression alignment.
12282       CompleteObjectAlignment < ExpectedAlignment) {
12283     // If this happens, we want to determine a sensible culprit of this.
12284     // Intuitively, watching the chain of member expressions from right to
12285     // left, we start with the required alignment (as required by the field
12286     // type) but some packed attribute in that chain has reduced the alignment.
12287     // It may happen that another packed structure increases it again. But if
12288     // we are here such increase has not been enough. So pointing the first
12289     // FieldDecl that either is packed or else its RecordDecl is,
12290     // seems reasonable.
12291     FieldDecl *FD = nullptr;
12292     CharUnits Alignment;
12293     for (FieldDecl *FDI : ReverseMemberChain) {
12294       if (FDI->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
12295           FDI->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()) {
12296         FD = FDI;
12297         Alignment = std::min(
12298             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getType()),
12299             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
12300         break;
12301       }
12302     }
12303     assert(FD && "We did not find a packed FieldDecl!");
12304     Action(E, FD->getParent(), FD, Alignment);
12305   }
12306 }
12307 
12308 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
12309   using namespace std::placeholders;
12310   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
12311       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
12312                      _2, _3, _4));
12313 }
12314 
12315